CA2424726A1 - Estrogen receptor modulators - Google Patents
Estrogen receptor modulators Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2424726A1 CA2424726A1 CA002424726A CA2424726A CA2424726A1 CA 2424726 A1 CA2424726 A1 CA 2424726A1 CA 002424726 A CA002424726 A CA 002424726A CA 2424726 A CA2424726 A CA 2424726A CA 2424726 A1 CA2424726 A1 CA 2424726A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- alkyl
- formula
- compound
- group
- ppm
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000002834 estrogen receptor modulator Substances 0.000 title abstract description 4
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 201
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 249
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 218
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 claims description 60
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 55
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 53
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 53
- -1 cyano, carboxyl Chemical group 0.000 claims description 48
- 125000000858 thiocyanato group Chemical group *SC#N 0.000 claims description 48
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 46
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 46
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 44
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen Substances N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 43
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 40
- 125000004184 methoxymethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 37
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical class [H]* 0.000 claims description 35
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 33
- KZTWONRVIPPDKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethanol Chemical compound OCCN1CCCCC1 KZTWONRVIPPDKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 32
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 31
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 30
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 29
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 26
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 26
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 25
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 24
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 claims description 22
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 claims description 20
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 18
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 16
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 16
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 14
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000005518 carboxamido group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000005420 sulfonamido group Chemical group S(=O)(=O)(N*)* 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000002152 alkylating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000003821 enantio-separation Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N teixobactin Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H]1C(N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C[C@@H]2NC(=N)NC2)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)O[C@H]1C)[C@@H](C)CC)=O)NC)C1=CC=CC=C1 LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000006552 (C3-C8) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 10
- 239000000262 estrogen Substances 0.000 abstract description 38
- 229940011871 estrogen Drugs 0.000 abstract description 37
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 abstract description 25
- 102000015694 estrogen receptors Human genes 0.000 abstract description 23
- 108010038795 estrogen receptors Proteins 0.000 abstract description 23
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 abstract description 17
- 206010065687 Bone loss Diseases 0.000 abstract description 11
- 208000001132 Osteoporosis Diseases 0.000 abstract description 11
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 abstract description 11
- 208000024172 Cardiovascular disease Diseases 0.000 abstract description 9
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 abstract description 8
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 abstract description 7
- 208000010392 Bone Fractures Diseases 0.000 abstract description 6
- 201000009273 Endometriosis Diseases 0.000 abstract description 6
- 208000033830 Hot Flashes Diseases 0.000 abstract description 6
- 206010060800 Hot flush Diseases 0.000 abstract description 6
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 abstract description 6
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 abstract description 6
- 210000004291 uterus Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 6
- 206010046798 Uterine leiomyoma Diseases 0.000 abstract description 5
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 abstract description 5
- 201000010260 leiomyoma Diseases 0.000 abstract description 5
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 abstract description 5
- 206010021639 Incontinence Diseases 0.000 abstract description 4
- 210000000845 cartilage Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 4
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 abstract description 4
- 230000002490 cerebral effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 4
- 230000006735 deficit Effects 0.000 abstract description 4
- 230000007850 degeneration Effects 0.000 abstract description 4
- 230000003412 degenerative effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 4
- 208000010579 uterine corpus leiomyoma Diseases 0.000 abstract description 4
- 201000007954 uterine fibroid Diseases 0.000 abstract description 4
- 210000004509 vascular smooth muscle cell Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 4
- 238000008214 LDL Cholesterol Methods 0.000 abstract description 3
- 208000008589 Obesity Diseases 0.000 abstract description 3
- 230000001149 cognitive effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 3
- 235000020824 obesity Nutrition 0.000 abstract description 3
- 210000002307 prostate Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 3
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 2
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 250
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 232
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 212
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 177
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 175
- 238000010898 silica gel chromatography Methods 0.000 description 123
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 111
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 110
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 107
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 94
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 88
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 67
- 101150041968 CDC13 gene Proteins 0.000 description 64
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 54
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 50
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 45
- NTOIMCSZPGZTND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4-dihydro-1,2-benzoxathiine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OSCCC2=C1 NTOIMCSZPGZTND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 44
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 38
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 37
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 31
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 31
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 27
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- MOIPGXQKZSZOQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonyl bromide Chemical class BrC(Br)=O MOIPGXQKZSZOQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 25
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 24
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 23
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 23
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 23
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 23
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 21
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 21
- RMVRSNDYEFQCLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiophenol Chemical compound SC1=CC=CC=C1 RMVRSNDYEFQCLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 20
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 20
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 18
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 17
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 17
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-MICDWDOJSA-N 1-deuteriopropan-2-one Chemical compound [2H]CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 15
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 15
- 125000000025 triisopropylsilyl group Chemical group C(C)(C)[Si](C(C)C)(C(C)C)* 0.000 description 15
- 238000006751 Mitsunobu reaction Methods 0.000 description 14
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Natural products OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 14
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 description 14
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 12
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 11
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 11
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- NKANXQFJJICGDU-QPLCGJKRSA-N Tamoxifen Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(/CC)=C(C=1C=CC(OCCN(C)C)=CC=1)/C1=CC=CC=C1 NKANXQFJJICGDU-QPLCGJKRSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 10
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 208000006386 Bone Resorption Diseases 0.000 description 9
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 9
- 230000024279 bone resorption Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 9
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 9
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229940122361 Bisphosphonate Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 150000004663 bisphosphonates Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- AQRLNPVMDITEJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylsilane Chemical compound CC[SiH](CC)CC AQRLNPVMDITEJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 230000003042 antagnostic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 7
- 238000006264 debenzylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229960005309 estradiol Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 7
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N Deuterated methanol Chemical compound [2H]OC([2H])([2H])[2H] OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N 0.000 description 6
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 6
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 6
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N diisopropylamine Chemical compound CC(C)NC(C)C UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000005457 ice water Substances 0.000 description 6
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon dioxide Inorganic materials O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- VOXZDWNPVJITMN-ZBRFXRBCSA-N 17β-estradiol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 VOXZDWNPVJITMN-ZBRFXRBCSA-N 0.000 description 5
- NHQDETIJWKXCTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-chloroperbenzoic acid Chemical compound OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 NHQDETIJWKXCTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- OGSPWJRAVKPPFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Alendronic Acid Chemical compound NCCCC(O)(P(O)(O)=O)P(O)(O)=O OGSPWJRAVKPPFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 5
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229940062527 alendronate Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000005828 desilylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229930182833 estradiol Natural products 0.000 description 5
- 238000009164 estrogen replacement therapy Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000011164 ossification Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000006476 reductive cyclization reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229960001603 tamoxifen Drugs 0.000 description 5
- FPGGTKZVZWFYPV-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylammonium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC FPGGTKZVZWFYPV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- KZMGYPLQYOPHEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron trifluoride etherate Chemical compound FB(F)F.CCOCC KZMGYPLQYOPHEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 4
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000029725 Metabolic bone disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- LSDPWZHWYPCBBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanethiol Chemical compound SC LSDPWZHWYPCBBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 208000002495 Uterine Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000012965 benzophenone Substances 0.000 description 4
- KQIADDMXRMTWHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloro-tri(propan-2-yl)silane Chemical compound CC(C)[Si](Cl)(C(C)C)C(C)C KQIADDMXRMTWHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000001076 estrogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 4
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- LULAYUGMBFYYEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N metachloroperbenzoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 LULAYUGMBFYYEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 4
- VVWRJUBEIPHGQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-2-yl n-propan-2-yloxycarbonyliminocarbamate Chemical compound CC(C)OC(=O)N=NC(=O)OC(C)C VVWRJUBEIPHGQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 4
- PRXNKYBFWAWBNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylphenylammonium tribromide Chemical compound Br[Br-]Br.C[N+](C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 PRXNKYBFWAWBNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 4
- VCGRFBXVSFAGGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N (1,1-dioxo-1,4-thiazinan-4-yl)-[6-[[3-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-methyl-1,2-oxazol-4-yl]methoxy]pyridin-3-yl]methanone Chemical compound CC=1ON=C(C=2C=CC(F)=CC=2)C=1COC(N=C1)=CC=C1C(=O)N1CCS(=O)(=O)CC1 VCGRFBXVSFAGGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CYJRNFFLTBEQSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-(3-methyl-1-benzothiophen-5-yl)-N-(4-methylsulfonylpyridin-3-yl)quinoxalin-6-amine Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)C1=C(C=NC=C1)NC=1C=C2N=CC=NC2=C(C=1)C=1C=CC2=C(C(=CS2)C)C=1 CYJRNFFLTBEQSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic anhydride Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)=O WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 3
- 206010017076 Fracture Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010049088 Osteopenia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 3
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-WFGJKAKNSA-N acetone d6 Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])C(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] CSCPPACGZOOCGX-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002015 acyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000003098 androgen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940046836 anti-estrogen Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000001833 anti-estrogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000013058 crude material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012228 culture supernatant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- WBKFWQBXFREOFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichloromethane;ethyl acetate Chemical compound ClCCl.CCOC(C)=O WBKFWQBXFREOFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000328 estrogen antagonist Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000001181 organosilyl group Chemical group [SiH3]* 0.000 description 3
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000583 progesterone congener Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000037803 restenosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 150000003457 sulfones Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 3
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N triflic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010046766 uterine cancer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- TXUICONDJPYNPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N (1,10,13-trimethyl-3-oxo-4,5,6,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16,17-dodecahydrocyclopenta[a]phenanthren-17-yl) heptanoate Chemical compound C1CC2CC(=O)C=C(C)C2(C)C2C1C1CCC(OC(=O)CCCCCC)C1(C)CC2 TXUICONDJPYNPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YZUPZGFPHUVJKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-bromo-2-methoxyethane Chemical compound COCCBr YZUPZGFPHUVJKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ITQTTZVARXURQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylpyridine Chemical compound CC1=CC=CN=C1 ITQTTZVARXURQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003349 3-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- FKNQCJSGGFJEIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methylpyridine Chemical compound CC1=CC=NC=C1 FKNQCJSGGFJEIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000339 4-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyric acid Chemical compound CCCC(O)=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000006519 CCH3 Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XJUZRXYOEPSWMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloromethyl methyl ether Chemical compound COCCl XJUZRXYOEPSWMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002841 Lewis acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011887 Necropsy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 206010030247 Oestrogen deficiency Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920000954 Polyglycolide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229910021626 Tin(II) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000003187 abdominal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008186 active pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- VSCWAEJMTAWNJL-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium trichloride Chemical compound Cl[Al](Cl)Cl VSCWAEJMTAWNJL-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- VZTDIZULWFCMLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium formate Chemical compound [NH4+].[O-]C=O VZTDIZULWFCMLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N anisole Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC=C1 RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000008366 benzophenones Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000036760 body temperature Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001649 bromium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- GZUXJHMPEANEGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromomethane Chemical compound BrC GZUXJHMPEANEGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium sulfate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 2
- YCIMNLLNPGFGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N catechol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1O YCIMNLLNPGFGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000012230 colorless oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- DDRJAANPRJIHGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N creatinine Chemical compound CN1CC(=O)NC1=N DDRJAANPRJIHGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940043279 diisopropylamine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 2
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000009547 dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002081 enamines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000002357 endometrial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004696 endometrium Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- UREBWPXBXRYXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl acetate;methanol Chemical compound OC.CCOC(C)=O UREBWPXBXRYXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005227 gel permeation chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004446 heteroarylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000004678 hydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002350 laparotomy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000007517 lewis acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009245 menopause Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004633 polyglycolic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 208000001685 postmenopausal osteoporosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- KJRCEJOSASVSRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propane-2-thiol Chemical compound CC(C)S KJRCEJOSASVSRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AOJFQRQNPXYVLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridin-1-ium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC=[NH+]C=C1 AOJFQRQNPXYVLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012429 reaction media Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012047 saturated solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006884 silylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000012279 sodium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000033 sodium borohydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000012453 sprague-dawley rat model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000001119 stannous chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011150 stannous chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004614 tumor growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002691 unilamellar liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930195735 unsaturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 238000010792 warming Methods 0.000 description 2
- VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-PVJVQHJQSA-N (2r,3r)-2,3-dihydroxybutanedioic acid;(2s,3s)-3,4-dimethyl-2-phenylmorpholine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O.O1CCN(C)[C@@H](C)[C@@H]1C1=CC=CC=C1 VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-PVJVQHJQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trimethoxy-6-(methoxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4,5,6-trimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane Chemical compound CO[C@@H]1[C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](COC)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)O[C@@H]2COC)OC)O[C@@H]1COC LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GVFQGRCUTLOVAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-hydroxy-2-pyridin-3-ylphenyl)-phenylmethanone Chemical compound C=1C=CN=CC=1C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 GVFQGRCUTLOVAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006560 (C1-C5)alkylcarbonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- GHOKWGTUZJEAQD-ZETCQYMHSA-N (D)-(+)-Pantothenic acid Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)[C@@H](O)C(=O)NCCC(O)=O GHOKWGTUZJEAQD-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FTEDICXUYBLEMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-benzoxathiine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OSC=CC2=C1 FTEDICXUYBLEMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OTKCEEWUXHVZQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-diphenylethanone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 OTKCEEWUXHVZQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CPKVUHPKYQGHMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenylpyrrolidin-2-one;molecular iodine Chemical compound II.C=CN1CCCC1=O CPKVUHPKYQGHMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XYHKNCXZYYTLRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-imidazole-2-carbaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC1=NC=CN1 XYHKNCXZYYTLRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XYPISWUKQGWYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,2-trifluoroethaneperoxoic acid Chemical compound OOC(=O)C(F)(F)F XYPISWUKQGWYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FXAGNYAEKGJADI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromo-1-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-3-methylbutan-1-one Chemical compound CC(C)C(Br)C(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FXAGNYAEKGJADI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DEVGUROIDMOYIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromo-2-cyclohexyl-1-[4-tri(propan-2-yl)silyloxyphenyl]ethanone Chemical compound C1=CC(O[Si](C(C)C)(C(C)C)C(C)C)=CC=C1C(=O)C(Br)C1CCCCC1 DEVGUROIDMOYIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FQOMGYJZIACVND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromo-2-cyclopentyl-1-[4-tri(propan-2-yl)silyloxyphenyl]ethanone Chemical compound C1=CC(O[Si](C(C)C)(C(C)C)C(C)C)=CC=C1C(=O)C(Br)C1CCCC1 FQOMGYJZIACVND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AZAKDTJEAYHRPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromo-2-pyridin-3-yl-1-[4-tri(propan-2-yl)silyloxyphenyl]ethanone Chemical compound C1=CC(O[Si](C(C)C)(C(C)C)C(C)C)=CC=C1C(=O)C(Br)C1=CC=CN=C1 AZAKDTJEAYHRPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CFCHABCVJCYQEK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromo-2-pyridin-4-yl-1-[4-tri(propan-2-yl)silyloxyphenyl]ethanone Chemical compound C1=CC(O[Si](C(C)C)(C(C)C)C(C)C)=CC=C1C(=O)C(Br)C1=CC=NC=C1 CFCHABCVJCYQEK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OZUQBIVVKGATPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-cyclohexyl-1-(4-hydroxyphenyl)ethanone Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C(=O)CC1CCCCC1 OZUQBIVVKGATPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MKVXMOMMVIXHAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-cyclohexyl-1-[4-tri(propan-2-yl)silyloxyphenyl]ethanone Chemical compound C1=CC(O[Si](C(C)C)(C(C)C)C(C)C)=CC=C1C(=O)CC1CCCCC1 MKVXMOMMVIXHAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ATWBJCDOAKUIBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-cyclopentyl-1-(4-hydroxyphenyl)ethanone Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C(=O)CC1CCCC1 ATWBJCDOAKUIBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BEJMTMWWBQEFQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-cyclopentyl-1-[4-tri(propan-2-yl)silyloxyphenyl]ethanone Chemical compound C1=CC(O[Si](C(C)C)(C(C)C)C(C)C)=CC=C1C(=O)CC1CCCC1 BEJMTMWWBQEFQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CHZCERSEMVWNHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxybenzonitrile Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1C#N CHZCERSEMVWNHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZNIBUZCEEWLYPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-pyridin-3-yl-1-[4-tri(propan-2-yl)silyloxyphenyl]ethanone Chemical compound C1=CC(O[Si](C(C)C)(C(C)C)C(C)C)=CC=C1C(=O)CC1=CC=CN=C1 ZNIBUZCEEWLYPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JNRZTQPXDZLXOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-pyridin-4-yl-1-[4-tri(propan-2-yl)silyloxyphenyl]ethanone Chemical compound C1=CC(O[Si](C(C)C)(C(C)C)C(C)C)=CC=C1C(=O)CC1=CC=NC=C1 JNRZTQPXDZLXOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZFQJFYYGUOXGRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-sulfanylbenzene-1,4-diol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(O)C(S)=C1 ZFQJFYYGUOXGRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMKYTRPNOVFCGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-sulfanylphenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1S VMKYTRPNOVFCGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AJYXPNIENRLELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-thiophen-2-ylacetyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)CC1=CC=CS1 AJYXPNIENRLELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GWYFCOCPABKNJV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 3-Methylbutanoic acid Natural products CC(C)CC([O-])=O GWYFCOCPABKNJV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 3-carboxy-2,3-dihydroxypropanoate Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- ALKYHXVLJMQRLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 3-carboxynaphthalen-2-olate Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C(C([O-])=O)C(O)=CC2=C1 ALKYHXVLJMQRLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- JVVRCYWZTJLJSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-dimethylaminophenol Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 JVVRCYWZTJLJSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000549 4-dimethylaminophenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-dimethylaminopyridine Substances CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YPRTZLQGVTVHBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-phenylmethoxybenzenethiol Chemical compound C1=CC(S)=CC=C1OCC1=CC=CC=C1 YPRTZLQGVTVHBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000002874 Acne Vulgaris Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000052583 Anaphase-Promoting Complex-Cyclosome Apc8 Subunit Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-DCSYEGIMSA-N Beta-Lactose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-DCSYEGIMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229930185605 Bisphenol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 208000020084 Bone disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Borate Chemical compound [O-]B([O-])[O-] BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000019300 CLIPPERS Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940122156 Cathepsin K inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine Chemical compound ClCl KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- HZZVJAQRINQKSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Clavulanic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1C(=CCO)OC2CC(=O)N21 HZZVJAQRINQKSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M D-gluconate Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- ZAHDXEIQWWLQQL-IHRRRGAJSA-N Deoxypyridinoline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCC[N+]1=CC(O)=C(C[C@H](N)C([O-])=O)C(CC[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=C1 ZAHDXEIQWWLQQL-IHRRRGAJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019739 Dicalciumphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 101000617550 Dictyostelium discoideum Presenilin-A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010013908 Dysfunctional uterine bleeding Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010014759 Endometrial neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DBVJJBKOTRCVKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Etidronic acid Chemical compound OP(=O)(O)C(O)(C)P(O)(O)=O DBVJJBKOTRCVKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100028701 General vesicular transport factor p115 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000006771 Gonadotropins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010086677 Gonadotropins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910004373 HOAc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010020100 Hip fracture Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010020112 Hirsutism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000912124 Homo sapiens Cell division cycle protein 23 homolog Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000767151 Homo sapiens General vesicular transport factor p115 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010020584 Hypercalcaemia of malignancy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000031226 Hyperlipidaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000002980 Hyperparathyroidism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MPBVHIBUJCELCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ibandronate Chemical compound CCCCCN(C)CCC(O)(P(O)(O)=O)P(O)(O)=O MPBVHIBUJCELCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 206010027304 Menopausal symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010027452 Metastases to bone Diseases 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010027514 Metrorrhagia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butyllithium Chemical compound [Li]CCCC MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910002651 NO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 1
- NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- REYJJPSVUYRZGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Octadecylamine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCN REYJJPSVUYRZGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000010191 Osteitis Deformans Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UQCNKQCJZOAFTQ-ISWURRPUSA-N Oxymorphone Chemical compound O([C@H]1C(CC[C@]23O)=O)C4=C5[C@@]12CCN(C)[C@@H]3CC5=CC=C4O UQCNKQCJZOAFTQ-ISWURRPUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000027868 Paget disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BELBBZDIHDAJOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenolsulfonephthalein Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C1(C=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C2=CC=CC=C2S(=O)(=O)O1 BELBBZDIHDAJOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphine Natural products P XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001710 Polyorthoester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000700157 Rattus norvegicus Species 0.000 description 1
- IIDJRNMFWXDHID-UHFFFAOYSA-N Risedronic acid Chemical compound OP(=O)(O)C(P(O)(O)=O)(O)CC1=CC=CN=C1 IIDJRNMFWXDHID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bisulfite Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])=O DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- BCKXLBQYZLBQEK-KVVVOXFISA-M Sodium oleate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC([O-])=O BCKXLBQYZLBQEK-KVVVOXFISA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229920002253 Tannate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical compound C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DKJJVAGXPKPDRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tiludronic acid Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)C(P(O)(O)=O)SC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 DKJJVAGXPKPDRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010047998 Withdrawal bleed Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 240000008042 Zea mays Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000005824 Zea mays ssp. parviglumis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000002017 Zea mays subsp mays Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000001015 abdomen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003377 acid catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010306 acid treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003929 acidic solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 206010000496 acne Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000009956 adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010419 agar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- DCSBSVSZJRSITC-UHFFFAOYSA-M alendronate sodium trihydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.[Na+].NCCCC(O)(P(O)(O)=O)P(O)([O-])=O DCSBSVSZJRSITC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960004343 alendronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004448 alkyl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- SOIFLUNRINLCBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium thiocyanate Chemical compound [NH4+].[S-]C#N SOIFLUNRINLCBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006286 aqueous extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- OISFUZRUIGGTSD-LJTMIZJLSA-N azane;(2r,3r,4r,5s)-6-(methylamino)hexane-1,2,3,4,5-pentol Chemical compound N.CNC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO OISFUZRUIGGTSD-LJTMIZJLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002393 azetidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005604 azodicarboxylate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000440 bentonite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000278 bentonite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012216 bentonite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N bentoquatam Chemical compound O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Al]O[Al]=O SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940077388 benzenesulfonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzenesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AGEZXYOZHKGVCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl bromide Chemical compound BrCC1=CC=CC=C1 AGEZXYOZHKGVCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GWYFCOCPABKNJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-methyl-butyric acid Natural products CC(C)CC(O)=O GWYFCOCPABKNJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940064804 betadine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002146 bilateral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002988 biodegradable polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004621 biodegradable polymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002051 biphasic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N bisphenol A Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001400 block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008416 bone turnover Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000031709 bromination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005893 bromination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 1
- DEGAKNSWVGKMLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N calcein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC(CN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O)=C(O)C=C1OC1=C2C=C(CN(CC(O)=O)CC(=O)O)C(O)=C1 DEGAKNSWVGKMLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011132 calcium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- MIOPJNTWMNEORI-UHFFFAOYSA-N camphorsulfonic acid Chemical compound C1CC2(CS(O)(=O)=O)C(=O)CC1C2(C)C MIOPJNTWMNEORI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940105329 carboxymethylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000036996 cardiovascular health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001516 cell proliferation assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000005829 chemical entities Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004803 chlorobenzyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940061627 chloromethyl methyl ether Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000021930 chronic lymphocytic inflammation with pontine perivascular enhancement responsive to steroids Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940090805 clavulanate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HZZVJAQRINQKSD-PBFISZAISA-N clavulanic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H]1C(=C/CO)/O[C@@H]2CC(=O)N21 HZZVJAQRINQKSD-PBFISZAISA-N 0.000 description 1
- ACSIXWWBWUQEHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N clodronic acid Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)C(Cl)(Cl)P(O)(O)=O ACSIXWWBWUQEHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002286 clodronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003920 cognitive function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036569 collagen breakdown Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910000366 copper(II) sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000005822 corn Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003246 corticosteroid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001334 corticosteroids Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940109239 creatinine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006392 deoxygenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007933 dermal patch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- NEFBYIFKOOEVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-K dicalcium phosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NEFBYIFKOOEVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229940038472 dicalcium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000390 dicalcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- RUHCATDGSSLXPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dicarboxyazaniumylideneazanide Chemical compound OC(=O)[N+](=[N-])C(O)=O RUHCATDGSSLXPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WGLUMOCWFMKWIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichloromethane;methanol Chemical compound OC.ClCCl WGLUMOCWFMKWIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 1
- SPCNPOWOBZQWJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethoxy-(2-propan-2-ylsulfanylethylsulfanyl)-sulfanylidene-$l^{5}-phosphane Chemical compound COP(=S)(OC)SCCSC(C)C SPCNPOWOBZQWJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFHWGQQFANVOHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyldioxirane Chemical compound CC1(C)OO1 FFHWGQQFANVOHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002012 dioxanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001177 diphosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- XPPKVPWEQAFLFU-UHFFFAOYSA-J diphosphate(4-) Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O XPPKVPWEQAFLFU-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 235000011180 diphosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- BFMYDTVEBKDAKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;(2',7'-dibromo-3',6'-dioxido-3-oxospiro[2-benzofuran-1,9'-xanthene]-4'-yl)mercury;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Na+].O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC(Br)=C([O-])C([Hg])=C1OC1=C2C=C(Br)C([O-])=C1 BFMYDTVEBKDAKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- ZZFKAZHZSSJSSE-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;[(cycloheptylamino)-[hydroxy(oxido)phosphoryl]methyl]-hydroxyphosphinate;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Na+].OP(O)(=O)C(P([O-])([O-])=O)NC1CCCCCC1 ZZFKAZHZSSJSSE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M dodecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000006196 drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940113378 duraprep Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940009662 edetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950005627 embonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002124 endocrine Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003628 erosive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229950000206 estolate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003687 estradiol congener Substances 0.000 description 1
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethanesulfonate Chemical compound CCS([O-])(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- FMYHFHVAPZDDPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanol;ethyl acetate;hydrate Chemical compound O.CCO.CCOC(C)=O FMYHFHVAPZDDPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002024 ethyl acetate extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- FDLDWKIEWAWOSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl acetate;2-methylpentane Chemical compound CCCC(C)C.CCOC(C)=O FDLDWKIEWAWOSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229940009626 etidronate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003889 eye drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004175 fluorobenzyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001640 fractional crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012458 free base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012737 fresh medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001731 gluceptate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000003617 glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KWMLJOLKUYYJFJ-VFUOTHLCSA-N glucoheptonic acid Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O KWMLJOLKUYYJFJ-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940050410 gluconate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000001727 glucose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930195712 glutamate Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229940049906 glutamate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000002566 gonadal dysgenesis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002622 gonadotropin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-M hexadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- GNOIPBMMFNIUFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethylphosphoric triamide Chemical compound CN(C)P(=O)(N(C)C)N(C)C GNOIPBMMFNIUFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000004293 human mammary gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000008750 humoral hypercalcemia of malignancy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- XGIHQYAWBCFNPY-AZOCGYLKSA-N hydrabamine Chemical compound C([C@@H]12)CC3=CC(C(C)C)=CC=C3[C@@]2(C)CCC[C@@]1(C)CNCCNC[C@@]1(C)[C@@H]2CCC3=CC(C(C)C)=CC=C3[C@@]2(C)CCC1 XGIHQYAWBCFNPY-AZOCGYLKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydrogensulfate Chemical compound OS([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 1
- 238000009802 hysterectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940015872 ibandronate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000005462 in vivo assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229950006971 incadronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000654 isopropylidene group Chemical group C(C)(C)=* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003907 kidney function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940001447 lactate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940099584 lactobionate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JYTUSYBCFIZPBE-AMTLMPIISA-N lactobionic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]([C@H](O)CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JYTUSYBCFIZPBE-AMTLMPIISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940070765 laurate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000670 ligand binding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003908 liver function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 159000000003 magnesium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004890 malting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000027202 mammary Paget disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-M mandelate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 1
- UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methoxybenzene Substances CCCCOC=C UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940102396 methyl bromide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LRMHVVPPGGOAJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl nitrate Chemical compound CO[N+]([O-])=O LRMHVVPPGGOAJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JZMJDSHXVKJFKW-UHFFFAOYSA-M methyl sulfate(1-) Chemical compound COS([O-])(=O)=O JZMJDSHXVKJFKW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001089 mineralizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007758 minimum essential medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- VMMKGHQPQIEGSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N minodronic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2C(CC(O)(P(O)(O)=O)P(O)(O)=O)=CN=C21 VMMKGHQPQIEGSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950011129 minodronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003387 muscular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000754 myometrium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- PSHKMPUSSFXUIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dimethylpyridin-2-amine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=CC=N1 PSHKMPUSSFXUIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- PUUSSSIBPPTKTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N neridronic acid Chemical compound NCCCCCC(O)(P(O)(O)=O)P(O)(O)=O PUUSSSIBPPTKTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950010733 neridronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000474 nursing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002378 oftasceine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940049964 oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009806 oophorectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006186 oral dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940126701 oral medication Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007935 oral tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013110 organic ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000963 osteoblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002997 osteoclast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001672 ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005646 oximino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000466 oxiranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960005118 oxymorphone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001312 palmitoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- WRUUGTRCQOWXEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N pamidronate Chemical compound NCCC(O)(P(O)(O)=O)P(O)(O)=O WRUUGTRCQOWXEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940046231 pamidronate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940014662 pantothenate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019161 pantothenic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011713 pantothenic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000028169 periodontal disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000005502 peroxidation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008024 pharmaceutical diluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003531 phenolsulfonphthalein Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000286 phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004344 phenylpropyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008105 phosphatidylcholines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003003 phosphines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910000073 phosphorus hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000036470 plasma concentration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000747 poly(lactic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001610 polycaprolactone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002721 polycyanoacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004626 polylactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000656 polylysine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006324 polyoxymethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 159000000001 potassium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000001514 prostate carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000000561 purinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005344 pyridylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C(=N1)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003242 quaternary ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001525 receptor binding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000011514 reflex Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011369 resultant mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001223 reverse osmosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010039073 rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940089617 risedronate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M salicylate Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960001860 salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920006298 saran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229930195734 saturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 238000002821 scintillation proximity assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910000077 silane Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004756 silanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003808 silyl group Chemical group [H][Si]([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000015424 sodium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium benzoate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000004299 sodium benzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010234 sodium benzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010267 sodium hydrogen sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- RYYKJJJTJZKILX-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium octadecanoate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O RYYKJJJTJZKILX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium thiosulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=S AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000019345 sodium thiosulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000638 solvent extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000013223 sprague-dawley female rat Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012258 stirred mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000446 sulfanediyl group Chemical group *S* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003460 sulfonic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950002757 teoclate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ILMRJRBKQSSXGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl(dimethyl)silicon Chemical group C[Si](C)C(C)(C)C ILMRJRBKQSSXGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005301 thienylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(S1)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005323 thioketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WZMPOCLULGAHJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiophen-2-ol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CS1 WZMPOCLULGAHJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940019375 tiludronate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005425 toluyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000037317 transdermal delivery Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- DBGVGMSCBYYSLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributylstannane Chemical compound CCCC[SnH](CCCC)CCCC DBGVGMSCBYYSLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000026 trimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([*])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- AKQNYQDSIDKVJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylsilane Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1[SiH](C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 AKQNYQDSIDKVJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007306 turnover Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000689 upper leg Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002485 urinary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003828 vacuum filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940070710 valerate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N valeric acid Chemical compound CCCCC(O)=O NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000304 vasodilatating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010626 work up procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000230 xanthan gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010493 xanthan gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001285 xanthan gum Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940082509 xanthan gum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XRASPMIURGNCCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N zoledronic acid Chemical compound OP(=O)(O)C(P(O)(O)=O)(O)CN1C=CN=C1 XRASPMIURGNCCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004276 zoledronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930195724 β-lactose Natural products 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D411/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D411/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
- C07D411/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
- A61K31/445—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine
- A61K31/4523—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine containing further heterocyclic ring systems
- A61K31/4535—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a heterocyclic ring having sulfur as a ring hetero atom, e.g. pizotifen
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/04—Drugs for skeletal disorders for non-specific disorders of the connective tissue
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
- A61P19/10—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/06—Antihyperlipidemics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
- A61P5/24—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the sex hormones
- A61P5/30—Oestrogens
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/14—Vasoprotectives; Antihaemorrhoidals; Drugs for varicose therapy; Capillary stabilisers
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D327/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having oxygen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D327/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having oxygen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms one oxygen atom and one sulfur atom
- C07D327/06—Six-membered rings
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Obesity (AREA)
- Vascular Medicine (AREA)
- Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
- Psychiatry (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- Reproductive Health (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Steroid Compounds (AREA)
- Heterocyclic Compounds That Contain Two Or More Ring Oxygen Atoms (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
- Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention relates to compounds and derivatives thereof, their synthesis, and their use as estrogen receptor modulators. The compounds of the instant invention are ligands for estrogen receptors and as such may be useful for treatment or prevention of a variety of conditions related to estrogen functioning including: bone loss, bone fractures, osteoporosis, cartilage degeneration, endometriosis, uterine fibroid disease, hot flashes, increased levels of LDL cholesterol, cardiovascular disease, impairment of cognitive functioning, cerebral degenerative disorders, restinosis, gynacomastia, vascular smooth muscle cell proliferation, obesity, incontinence, and cancer, in particular of the breast, uterus and prostate.
Description
TITLE OF THE INVENTION
ESTROGEN RECEPTOR MODULATORS
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Naturally occurring and synthetic estrogens have broad therapeutic utility, including: relief of menopausal symptoms, treatment of acne, treatment of dysmenoiThea and dysfunctional uterine bleeding, treatment of osteoporosis, treatment of hirsutism, treatment of prostatic cancer, treatment of hot flashes and prevention of cardiovascular disease. Because estrogen is very Therapeutically valuable, there has been great interest in discovering compounds that mimic estrogen-like behavior in estrogen responsive tissues.
For example, estrogen-like compounds.would be beneficial in the treatment and prevention of bone loss. Bone loss occurs in a wide range of subjects, including women that are post-menopausal or have had a hysterectomy, patients who were or are currently being treated with corticosteroids, and patient's having gonadal dysgenesis. The current major bone diseases of public concern are osteoporosis, hypercalcemia of malignancy, osteopenia due to bone metastases, periodontal disease, hyperparathyroidism, periarticular erosions in rheumatoid arthritis, Paget's disease, immobilization-induced osteopenia, and glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis.
All of these conditions are characterized by bone loss, resulting from an imbalance between bone resorption, i.e. breakdown, and bone formation, which continues throughout life at the rate of about 14% per year on the average. However, the rate of bone turnover differs from site to site, for example, it is higher in the trabecular bone of the vertebrae and the alveolar bone in the jaws than in the cortices of the long bones. The potential for bane loss is directly related to turnover and can amount to over 5% per year in vertebrae immediately following menopause, a condition which leads to increased fracture risk.
In the U.S., there are currently about 20 million people with detectable fractures of the vertebrae due to osteoporosis. In addition, there are about 250,000 hip fractures per year attributed to osteoporosis. This clinical situation is associated with a 12% mortality rate within the first two years, while 30% of the patients require nursing home care after the fracture.
Osteoporosis affects approximately 20 to 25 million post-menopausal women in the U.S. alone. It has been theorized that the rapid loss of bone mass in these women is due to the cessation of estrogen production of the ovaries.
Since studies have shown that estrogen slows the reduction of bone mass due to osteoporosis, estrogen replacement therapy is a recognized treatment for post-menopausal osteoporosis.
In addition to bone mass, estrogen appears to have an effect on the biosynthesis of cholesterol and cardiovascular health. Statistically, the rate of occurrence of cardiovascular disease is roughly equal in postmenopausal women and men; however, premenopausal women have a much lower incidence of cardiovascular disease than men. Because postmenopausal women are estrogen deficient, it is believed that estrogen plays a beneficial role in preventing cardiovascular disease.
The mechanism is not well understood, but evidence indicates that estrogen can upregulate the low density lipid (LDL) cholesterol receptors in the liver to remove excess cholesterol.
Postmenopausal women given estrogen replacement therapy experience a return of lipid levels to concentrations comparable to levels associated with the premenopausal state. Thus, estrogen replacement therapy could be an effective treatment for such disease. However, the side effects associated with long term estrogen use limit the use of this alternative.
Other disease states that affect postmenopausal women include estrogen-dependent breast cancer and uterine cancer. Anti-estrogen compounds, such as tamoxifen, have commonly been used as chemotherapy to treat breast cancer patients. Tamoxifen, a dual antagonist and agonist of estrogen receptors, is beneficial in treating estrogen-dependent breast cancer. However, treatment with tamoxifen is less than ideal because tamoxifen's agonist behavior enhances its unwanted estrogenic side effects. For example, tamoxifen and other compounds that agonize estrogen receptors tend to increase cancer cell production in the uterus. A better therapy for such cancers would be an anti-estrogen compound that has negligible or nonexistent agonist properties.
Although estrogen can be beneficial for treating pathologies such as bone loss, increased lipid levels, and cancer, long-term estrogen therapy has been implicated in a variety of disorders, including an increase in the risk of uterine and endometrial cancers. These and other side effects of estrogen replacement therapy are not acceptable to many women, thus limiting its use.
Alternative regimens, such as a combined progestogen and estrogen dose, have been suggested in an attempt to lessen the risk of cancer. However, such regimens cause the patient to experience withdrawal bleeding, which is unacceptable
ESTROGEN RECEPTOR MODULATORS
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Naturally occurring and synthetic estrogens have broad therapeutic utility, including: relief of menopausal symptoms, treatment of acne, treatment of dysmenoiThea and dysfunctional uterine bleeding, treatment of osteoporosis, treatment of hirsutism, treatment of prostatic cancer, treatment of hot flashes and prevention of cardiovascular disease. Because estrogen is very Therapeutically valuable, there has been great interest in discovering compounds that mimic estrogen-like behavior in estrogen responsive tissues.
For example, estrogen-like compounds.would be beneficial in the treatment and prevention of bone loss. Bone loss occurs in a wide range of subjects, including women that are post-menopausal or have had a hysterectomy, patients who were or are currently being treated with corticosteroids, and patient's having gonadal dysgenesis. The current major bone diseases of public concern are osteoporosis, hypercalcemia of malignancy, osteopenia due to bone metastases, periodontal disease, hyperparathyroidism, periarticular erosions in rheumatoid arthritis, Paget's disease, immobilization-induced osteopenia, and glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis.
All of these conditions are characterized by bone loss, resulting from an imbalance between bone resorption, i.e. breakdown, and bone formation, which continues throughout life at the rate of about 14% per year on the average. However, the rate of bone turnover differs from site to site, for example, it is higher in the trabecular bone of the vertebrae and the alveolar bone in the jaws than in the cortices of the long bones. The potential for bane loss is directly related to turnover and can amount to over 5% per year in vertebrae immediately following menopause, a condition which leads to increased fracture risk.
In the U.S., there are currently about 20 million people with detectable fractures of the vertebrae due to osteoporosis. In addition, there are about 250,000 hip fractures per year attributed to osteoporosis. This clinical situation is associated with a 12% mortality rate within the first two years, while 30% of the patients require nursing home care after the fracture.
Osteoporosis affects approximately 20 to 25 million post-menopausal women in the U.S. alone. It has been theorized that the rapid loss of bone mass in these women is due to the cessation of estrogen production of the ovaries.
Since studies have shown that estrogen slows the reduction of bone mass due to osteoporosis, estrogen replacement therapy is a recognized treatment for post-menopausal osteoporosis.
In addition to bone mass, estrogen appears to have an effect on the biosynthesis of cholesterol and cardiovascular health. Statistically, the rate of occurrence of cardiovascular disease is roughly equal in postmenopausal women and men; however, premenopausal women have a much lower incidence of cardiovascular disease than men. Because postmenopausal women are estrogen deficient, it is believed that estrogen plays a beneficial role in preventing cardiovascular disease.
The mechanism is not well understood, but evidence indicates that estrogen can upregulate the low density lipid (LDL) cholesterol receptors in the liver to remove excess cholesterol.
Postmenopausal women given estrogen replacement therapy experience a return of lipid levels to concentrations comparable to levels associated with the premenopausal state. Thus, estrogen replacement therapy could be an effective treatment for such disease. However, the side effects associated with long term estrogen use limit the use of this alternative.
Other disease states that affect postmenopausal women include estrogen-dependent breast cancer and uterine cancer. Anti-estrogen compounds, such as tamoxifen, have commonly been used as chemotherapy to treat breast cancer patients. Tamoxifen, a dual antagonist and agonist of estrogen receptors, is beneficial in treating estrogen-dependent breast cancer. However, treatment with tamoxifen is less than ideal because tamoxifen's agonist behavior enhances its unwanted estrogenic side effects. For example, tamoxifen and other compounds that agonize estrogen receptors tend to increase cancer cell production in the uterus. A better therapy for such cancers would be an anti-estrogen compound that has negligible or nonexistent agonist properties.
Although estrogen can be beneficial for treating pathologies such as bone loss, increased lipid levels, and cancer, long-term estrogen therapy has been implicated in a variety of disorders, including an increase in the risk of uterine and endometrial cancers. These and other side effects of estrogen replacement therapy are not acceptable to many women, thus limiting its use.
Alternative regimens, such as a combined progestogen and estrogen dose, have been suggested in an attempt to lessen the risk of cancer. However, such regimens cause the patient to experience withdrawal bleeding, which is unacceptable
-2-
3 PCT/USO1/32035 to many older women. Furthermore, combining estrogen with progestogen reduces the beneficial cholesterol-lowering effect of estrogen therapy. In addition, the long term effects of progestogen treatment are unknown.
In addition to post-menopausal women, men suffering from prostatic cancer can also benefit from anti-estrogen compounds. Prostatic cancer is often endocrine-sensitive; androgen stimulation fosters tumor growth, while androgen suppression retards tumor growth. The administration of estrogen is helpful in the treatment and control of prostatic cancer because estrogen administration lowers the level of gonadotropin and, consequently, androgen levels.
The estrogen receptor has been found to have two forms: ERa and ER(3. Ligands bind differently to these two forms, and each form has a different tissue specificity to binding ligands. Thus, it is possible to have compounds that are selective for ERcc or ER(3, and therefore confer a degree of tissue specificity to a particular ligand.
What is needed in the art are compounds that can produce the same positive responses as estrogen replacement therapy without, the negative side effects.
Also need are estrogen-like compounds that exert selective effects on different tissues of the body.
The compounds of the instant invention are ligands fox estrogen receptors and as such may be useful for treatment or prevention of a variety of conditions related to estrogen functioning including: bone loss, bone fractures, osteoporosis, cartilage degeneration, endometriosis, uterine fibroid disease, hot flashes, increased levels of LDL cholesterol, cardiovascular disease, impairment of cognitive functioning, cerebral degenerative disorders, restinosis, gynacomastia, vascular smooth muscle cell proliferation, obesity, incontinence, and cancer, in particular of the breast, uterus and prostate.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to compounds of the following chemical formula:
R2 ~ Y R5 / \
R ~ ~X
R4 ~ / i(CH2)nN(Z)2 O
wherein R1, R2, R3, and R4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, C2_5 alkenyl, C2_ 5 alkynyl, C3_g cycloalkenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical,. CF3, -OR6, halogen, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONZ2, -S02NZ2, and -S02C1_5 alkyl, wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical groups can be optionally substituted with C1_ 5 alkyl, C3_g cycloallcyl, CF3, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1_ 5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONZ2, -S02NZ2, and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
RS is selected from the group consisting of C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, C2_5 alkenyl, C2_5 alkynyl, C3_g cycloalkenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical groups wherein said groups can be optionally substituted with C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, CF3, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_ 5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONZ2, -S02NZ2, and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
X and Y are each independently selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur, sulfoxide and sulfone;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, benzyl, methoxymethyl, triorganosilyl, C1_5 alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl and CONZ2;
Each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, wherein said alkyl group can be optionally substituted
In addition to post-menopausal women, men suffering from prostatic cancer can also benefit from anti-estrogen compounds. Prostatic cancer is often endocrine-sensitive; androgen stimulation fosters tumor growth, while androgen suppression retards tumor growth. The administration of estrogen is helpful in the treatment and control of prostatic cancer because estrogen administration lowers the level of gonadotropin and, consequently, androgen levels.
The estrogen receptor has been found to have two forms: ERa and ER(3. Ligands bind differently to these two forms, and each form has a different tissue specificity to binding ligands. Thus, it is possible to have compounds that are selective for ERcc or ER(3, and therefore confer a degree of tissue specificity to a particular ligand.
What is needed in the art are compounds that can produce the same positive responses as estrogen replacement therapy without, the negative side effects.
Also need are estrogen-like compounds that exert selective effects on different tissues of the body.
The compounds of the instant invention are ligands fox estrogen receptors and as such may be useful for treatment or prevention of a variety of conditions related to estrogen functioning including: bone loss, bone fractures, osteoporosis, cartilage degeneration, endometriosis, uterine fibroid disease, hot flashes, increased levels of LDL cholesterol, cardiovascular disease, impairment of cognitive functioning, cerebral degenerative disorders, restinosis, gynacomastia, vascular smooth muscle cell proliferation, obesity, incontinence, and cancer, in particular of the breast, uterus and prostate.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to compounds of the following chemical formula:
R2 ~ Y R5 / \
R ~ ~X
R4 ~ / i(CH2)nN(Z)2 O
wherein R1, R2, R3, and R4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, C2_5 alkenyl, C2_ 5 alkynyl, C3_g cycloalkenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical,. CF3, -OR6, halogen, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONZ2, -S02NZ2, and -S02C1_5 alkyl, wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical groups can be optionally substituted with C1_ 5 alkyl, C3_g cycloallcyl, CF3, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1_ 5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONZ2, -S02NZ2, and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
RS is selected from the group consisting of C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, C2_5 alkenyl, C2_5 alkynyl, C3_g cycloalkenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical groups wherein said groups can be optionally substituted with C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, CF3, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_ 5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONZ2, -S02NZ2, and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
X and Y are each independently selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur, sulfoxide and sulfone;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, benzyl, methoxymethyl, triorganosilyl, C1_5 alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl and CONZ2;
Each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, wherein said alkyl group can be optionally substituted
-4-with C1_5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -SO~NQ~,, and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
Or both Zs and the nitrogen to which they are attached may be taken together to form a 3-8 membered ring, said ring may optionally contain atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon, oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, wherein said ring may either be saturated or unsaturated, and the carbon atoms of said ring maybe optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -SO~NQ2, and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
Each Q is independently selected from the group consisting of C1_5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -COSH, -COOC1_
Or both Zs and the nitrogen to which they are attached may be taken together to form a 3-8 membered ring, said ring may optionally contain atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon, oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, wherein said ring may either be saturated or unsaturated, and the carbon atoms of said ring maybe optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -SO~NQ2, and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
Each Q is independently selected from the group consisting of C1_5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -COSH, -COOC1_
5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, and -SO~C1_5 alkyl;
Each n is independently an integer from one to five;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The present invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The present invention also relates to methods for malting the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention.
The present invention also related to processes and intermediates useful for making the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention.
The present invention also relates to methods for eliciting an estrogen receptor modulating effect in a mammal in need thereof by administering the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention.
The present invention also relates to methods for eliciting an estrogen receptor antagonizing effect in a mammal in need thereof by administering the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention. The estrogen receptor antagonizing effect can be either an ERcc antagonizing effect, and ER(3 antagonizing effect or a mixed ERoc and ER(3 antagonizing effect.
The present invention also relates to methods for eliciting an estrogen receptor agonizing effect in a mammal in need thereof by administering the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention. The estrogen receptor agonizing effect can be either an ERa agonizing effect, and ER(3 agonizing effect or a mixed ERcc and ER~3 agonizing effect.
The present invention also relates to methods for treating or preventing disorders related to estrogen functioning, bone loss, bone fractures, osteoporosis, cartilage degeneration, endometriosis, uterine fibroid disease, cancer of the breast, uterus or prostate, hot flashes, cardiovascular disease, impairment of cognitive function, cerebral degenerative disorders, restenosis, gynacomastia, vascular smooth muscle cell proliferation, obesity and incontinence in a mammal in need thereof by administering the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention.
The present invention also relates to methods for reducing bone loss, lowering LDL cholesterol levels and eliciting a vasodilatory effect, in a mammal in need thereof by administering the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to compounds useful as estrogen receptor modulators. Compounds of the present invention are described by the following chemical formula:
R2 \ Y R5 / \
R ~ ~X
R4 ~ / i~CH2)nN~~)2 O
wherein R1, R2, R3, and R4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, C2-5 alkenyl, C2_ 5 allcynyl, C3_g cycloalkenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical, CF3, -OR6, halogen, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1-5
Each n is independently an integer from one to five;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The present invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The present invention also relates to methods for malting the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention.
The present invention also related to processes and intermediates useful for making the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention.
The present invention also relates to methods for eliciting an estrogen receptor modulating effect in a mammal in need thereof by administering the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention.
The present invention also relates to methods for eliciting an estrogen receptor antagonizing effect in a mammal in need thereof by administering the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention. The estrogen receptor antagonizing effect can be either an ERcc antagonizing effect, and ER(3 antagonizing effect or a mixed ERoc and ER(3 antagonizing effect.
The present invention also relates to methods for eliciting an estrogen receptor agonizing effect in a mammal in need thereof by administering the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention. The estrogen receptor agonizing effect can be either an ERa agonizing effect, and ER(3 agonizing effect or a mixed ERcc and ER~3 agonizing effect.
The present invention also relates to methods for treating or preventing disorders related to estrogen functioning, bone loss, bone fractures, osteoporosis, cartilage degeneration, endometriosis, uterine fibroid disease, cancer of the breast, uterus or prostate, hot flashes, cardiovascular disease, impairment of cognitive function, cerebral degenerative disorders, restenosis, gynacomastia, vascular smooth muscle cell proliferation, obesity and incontinence in a mammal in need thereof by administering the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention.
The present invention also relates to methods for reducing bone loss, lowering LDL cholesterol levels and eliciting a vasodilatory effect, in a mammal in need thereof by administering the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to compounds useful as estrogen receptor modulators. Compounds of the present invention are described by the following chemical formula:
R2 \ Y R5 / \
R ~ ~X
R4 ~ / i~CH2)nN~~)2 O
wherein R1, R2, R3, and R4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, C2-5 alkenyl, C2_ 5 allcynyl, C3_g cycloalkenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical, CF3, -OR6, halogen, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1-5
-6-alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONZ2, -S02NZ2, and -S02C1_5 alkyl, wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical groups can be optionally substituted with C1_ alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, CF3, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical, -OR6, 5 halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_ 5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONZ2, -S02NZ2, and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, C~7_5 alkenyl, C2_5 alkynyl, C3_g cycloalkenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical groups wherein said groups can be optionally substituted with C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, CF3, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_ 5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONZ2, -S02NZ2, and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
X and Y are each independently selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur, sulfoxide and sulfone;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, benzyl, methoxymethyl, triorganosilyl, C1_5 allcylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl and CONZ2;
Each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, wherein said alkyl group can be optionally substituted with C 1 _5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C 1 _5 allcylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -S02NQ2, and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
Or both Zs and the nitrogen to which they are attached may be taken together to form a 3-8 membered ring, said ring may optionally contain atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon, oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, wherein said ring may either be saturated or unsaturated, and the carbon atoms of said ring maybe optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1_5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -S02NQ2, and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
Each Q is independently selected from the group consisting of C1_5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_ 5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
7_ Each n is independently an integer from one to five;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
In one class of compounds of the present invention, X is O, and Y is S. In another class of compounds of the present invention, X is S and Y is S.
In one class of compounds of the present invention, R1 ,R2 ,R3 and R4 are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1_5 alkynyl, -OR6 and halogen.
In one class of compounds of the present invention R5 is selected from the group consisting of C3_g cycloalkyl, phenyl, heteroaryl and heterocyclical groups wherein said groups can be optionally substituted with -OR6 and halogen.
In one class of compounds of the present invention, R6 is preferably selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, benzyl, methoxymethyl and triisopropylsilyl.
The present invention also relates to a process for preparing a compound of formula I
2 . p5 R
R4 ~CH2)nN~Z)2 wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R2 is H or OR6;
R3 is H or OR6;
R4 is H or CH3;
R5 is C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, C3_g cycloalkenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclical groups wherein said groups can be optionally substituted with alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, CF3, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, carboxyl (-C02H), carboalkoxyl (-COOC1_5 alkyl), carbonyl (-COC1_5 alkyl, carboxamido (-CONZ2), sulfonamido (-S02NZ2), and sulfonyl (-S02C1_5 alkyl);
_g_ R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or triisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that when OR6 exists elsewhere, it is chemically differentiable;
X and Y are each independently selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur, sulfoxide and sulfone;
Each Z is independently~selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-5 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, wherein said alkyl group can be optionally substituted with C1_5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -S02NQ2, and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
Or both Zs and the nitrogen to which they are attached may be taken together to form a 3-8 membered ring, said ring may optionally contain atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon, oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, wherein said ring may either be saturated or unsaturated, and the carbon atoms of said ring maybe optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -S02NQ2, and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
Each Q is independently selected from the group consisting of C1_5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_ 5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
n is an integer from one to five;
and the stereoisomer is cis;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, comprising the steps of a) reacting a compound of formula II with a compound of formula III
under basic conditions \ +
R3 / XH p~ I \
R4 / ORs to form a compound of formula IV
R3 ~ ~ Y R5 R2 R1 O \
b) cyclizing IV, of step a, under acidic conditions in the presence of a reducing agent, to provide the cis compound of formula V
R2 \ Y Rs s ~ / \
R ~ ~X
OR
V
c) removing the protecting group R6 to yield the substituted phenol of formula VI
Ri R2 \ Y Rs / \
R ~ ~X
R4 ~ /
VI OH
d) alkylating the substituted phenol of formula VI, from step c, with a reagent, HO(CH2)nN(Z)2 to give a compound of formula I
R2 . Y Rs R3 / X \
R4 / i (CH2)nN(z)2 O
e) removing either protecting group from I, from step d, to afford either a compound of formula VIII or a compound of formula IX
HO \ Y R5-(OR6) / \
R ~ ~X
R4 VIII ~ / i(CH2)nN(z)2 O
R60 \ Y R5-(OH) 3 ~ / \
R ~ ~X
R4 ~ / i(CH2)nN(Z)2 O
IX
f) removing the remaining protecting group from either VIII or IX, from step e, to give a compound of formula I.
The present invention also relates to a process for preparing a compound of formula ID
OH
R
HO ~ S ,, 3 ~ /
R
R4 ~ / ~ N
O
(+) - I D
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R3 is H;
R4 is H or CH3;
and the stereoisomer is cis;
and the optical isomer is dextrorotatory (+), having the absolute configuration: (2S, 3R);
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, comprising the steps of a) reacting a compound of formula IID with a compound of formula IIID under basic conditions TIPS
Bn0 \ SH E
OH
IID
IIID
to form a compound of formula IVD
OFi ~TIPS
Bn0 H
IVD
b) cyclizing IVD, of step a, under acidic conditions in the presence of a reducing agent to provide the racemic, cis compound of formula VD
"''IPS
Bn VD
c) performing a chiral chromatography with VD, from step b, to resolve the enantiomeric forms to provide the dextrorotatory (.+) isomer VID;
OTIPS
Bn0 \ S
,,~~ \
/ ....
O ~~ \
/ OH
(+)-V I D
d) alkylating the dextrorotatory (+) isomer VID, from step c, with 1-piperidineethanol to give a compound of formula VIID
/ OTI PS
Bn0 ~ \ S
,,~~ \
O ,~ ~ \
/ O~ N
VIID
e) removing either protecting group from VIID, from step d, to afford either a compound of formula VIIID or a compound of formula IXD
/ OTIPS
HO \ S
,,~~ \
/ .,,.
o ,I \
/ O~ N
VIIID
/ OH
Bn0 \ S
.,,.v \
/
o .,,,, ~ \
/ O~ N
IXD
f) removing the remaining protecting group from either VIIID or IXD, from step e, to give a compound of formula I.
The present invention also comprises a process according for preparing a compound of formula IE
1 / R~
R
HO \ S ,,.v \
s I / .,,.~ \
R O
R4 I / ~ N
O
(+) - I E
wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, or Cl;
R3 and R4 are each H;
R~ is selected from the group consisting of H or OH;
the stereoisomer is cis, and the optical isomer is dextrorotatory (+), having the absolute configuration (2S, 3R);
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof comprising the steps of a) reacting a compound of formula IIE with a compound of formula IIIE under basic conditions Bn0 \ SH E
I /
OH
IIE
IIIE
to form a compound of formula IVE
OH
Bn0 R' IVE
b) cyclizing IVE, of step a, under acidic conditions in the presence of a reducing agent to provide the racemic, cis compound of formula VE
R~
Bn0 VE
c) selectively removing the protecting group of VE, from step b, to yield the substituted phenol of formula VIE
~7 Bn H
VIE
d) alkylating the substituted phenol of formula VIE, from step c, with 1-piperidineethanol to give a compound of formula VIIE
1 / R~
R I
BnO~ ~ S \
I/
O I \
/ O~ N
VIIE
e) removing either protecting group from VIIE to afford either a compound of fomula VIIIE or a compound of formula IXE
/1T 1 1'1 f1 HO \
I/
NJ
VIIIE
B
/ OH
R
n0 \ S \
I/
o I \
/ O~ N
IXE
f) removing the remaining protecting group from either VIII or IX, from step e, to provide racemic I.
g) performing a resolution of the enantiomeric forms of I to provide the dextrorotatory (+) isomer I, having the (2S, 3R) absolute configuration.
The present invention also relates to novel intermediates useful for preparing compounds and compositions described herein, i.e compounds of formula I, IA, IB, IC, ID and IE.
An emobidment of the invention is an intermediate of the formula:
R' R' wherein R1 is H, F, or CI;
R2 is H or OR6;
R3 is H or OR6;
R4 is H or CH3;
R5 is C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, C3_g cycloallcenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclical groups wherein said groups can be optionally substituted with C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloallcyl, CF3, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, carboxyl (-C02H), carboalkoxyl (-COOC1_5 alkyl), carbonyl (-COC1_5 alkyl, carboxamido (-CONZ2), sulfonamido (-S02NZ2), and sulfonyl (-S02C 1 _5 alkyl);
RG is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or trisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that when OR6 exists elsewhere, it is chemically differentiable;
Each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, wherein said alkyl group can be optionally substituted with C1_5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1_5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -S02NQ2, and -S02C 1_5 alkyl;
Or both Zs and the nitrogen to which they are attached may be taken together to form a 3-8 membered ring, said ring may optionally contain atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon, oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, wherein said ring may either be saturated or unsaturated, and the carbon atoms of said ring maybe optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1_5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -S02NQ2, and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
Each Q is independently selected from the group consisting of C1_5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_ alleyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, and -S02C1_5 alkyl.
Another embodiment of the invention is an intermediate of the 5 formula:
R2 \ S Rs s~/ \
R O
R4 ~ / ~ N
O
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R2 is H or ORS;
R3 is H or ORG;
R4 is H or CH3;
R5 is C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, C3_g cycloalkenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclical groups wherein said groups can be optionally substituted with C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, CF3, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, carboxyl (-C02H), carboalkoxyl (-COOC1_5 alkyl), carbonyl (-COC1_5 alkyl, carboxamido (-CONZ2), sulfonamido (-S02NZ2), and sulfonyl (-S02C1_5 alkyl);
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or triisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that when OR6 exists elsewhere, it is chemically differentiable;
Each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, wherein said alkyl group can be optionally substituted with C1_5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_5 alkyl, -COC1_ 5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -S02NQ2, and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
Or both Zs and the nitrogen to which they are attached may be taken together to form a 3-8 membered ring, said ring may optionally contain atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon, oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, wherein said ring may either be saturated or unsaturated, and the carbon atoms of said ring maybe optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, CF3, -ORS, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -S02NQ2, and -S02C 1 _5 alkyl;
Each Q is independently selected from the group consisting of C1_5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 allcylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_ 5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, and -S02C1_5 alkyl.
Another embodiment of the invention is an intermediate of the formula:
Rs0 \
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or triisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that all existing R6 groups are chemically differentiable.
Another embodiment of the invention is an intermediate of the formula:
Rs0 \ S \
/ O \
/ ~NJ
O
wherein Rl is H, F, or Cl;
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or trisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that all existing R6 groups are chemically differentiable.
Another embodiment of the invention is an intermediate of the formula:
R' R2 ~ S ,,,.v R5 (+) -s ~ ~ ''~~ \
R O
R4 ~ s OR
wherein R1 is H, F, or CI;
R2 is H or OR6;
R3 is H or OR6;
R4 is H or CH3;
R5 is C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, C3-g cycloallcenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclical groups wherein said groups can be optionally substituted with C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, CF3, phenyl, heteroaiyl, heterocyclical, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, carboxyl (-C02H), carboalkoxyl (-COOC1_5 alkyl), carbonyl (-COC1_5 alkyl, carboxamido (-CONZ2), sulfonamido (-SO2NZ2), and sulfonyl (-S02C1_5 alkyl);
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or triisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that when ORS exists elsewhere, it is chemically differentiable;
Each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, wherein said alkyl group can be optionally substituted with C 1 _5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C 1 _5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -S02NQ2,,and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
Or both Zs and the nitrogen to which they are attached may be taken together to form a 3-8 membered ring, said ring may optionally contain atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon, oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, wherein said ring may either be saturated or unsaturated,'' and the carbon atoms of said ring maybe optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -S02NQ2, and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
Each Q is independently selected from the group consisting of C1_5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_ alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, and -S02C1_5 alkyl.
Another embodiment of the invention is an intermediate of the formula:
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
1 / ORs R
Rs0 \ S
(+) _ ~ / .,,,. \
O
/ ORs R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or triisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that all existing R6 groups are chemically differentiable.
Another embodiment of the present invention is an intermediate of the formula:
Ri / ORs Rs0 \ S
,,~~ \
(+) _ ~ / ..,.
O ~~ \
/ O~ N
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or triisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that all existing R6 groups are chemically differentiable.
An embodiment of the invention is a method of eliciting an estrogen receptor modulating effect in a mammal in need thereof, comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or any of the above pharmaceutical compositions described above.
A class of the embodiment is the method wherein the estrogen receptor modulating effect is an antagonizing effect.
A subclass of the embodiment is the method wherein the estrogen receptor is an ERcc receptor.
A second subclass of the embodiment is the method wherein the estrogen receptor is an ER(3 receptor.
A third subclass of the embodiment is the method wherein the estrogen receptor modulating effect is a mixed ERoc and ER(3 receptor antagonizing effect.
A second class of the embodiment is the method wherein the estrogen receptor modulating effect is an agonizing effect.
A subclass of the embodiment is the method wherein the estrogen receptor is an ERoc receptor.
A second subclass of the embodiment is the method wherein the estrogen receptor is an ER(3 receptor.
A third subclass of the embodiment is the method wherein the estrogen receptor modulating effect is a mixed ERoc and ER(3 receptor agonizing effect.
Another embodiment of the invention is a method of treating or preventing post-menopausal osteoporosis in a mammal in need thereof by administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions described above.
Another embodiment of the invention is a method of treating or preventing uterine fibroids in a mammal in need thereof by administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions described above.
Another embodiment of the invention is a method of treating or preventing restenosis in a mammal in need thereof by administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions described above.
Another embodiment of the invention is a method of treating or preventing endometriosis in a mammal in need thereof by administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions described above.
Another embodiment of the invention is a method of treating or preventing hyperlipidemia in a mammal in need thereof by administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions described above.
Exemplifying the invention is a pharmaceutical composition comprising any of the compounds described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable caurier. Also exemplifying the invention is a pharmaceutical composition made by combining any of the compounds described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. An illustration of the invention is a process for making a pharmaceutical composition comprising combining any of the compounds described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Further exemplifying the invention is the use of any of the compounds described above in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of osteoporosis in a mammal in need thereof. Still further exemplifying the invention is the use of any of the compounds described above in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of: bone loss, bone resorption, bone fractures, cartilage degeneration, endometriosis, uterine fibroid disease, breast cancer, uterine cancer, prostate cancer, hot flashes, cardiovascular disease, impairment of cognitive functioning, cerebral degenerative disorder, restenosis, vascular smooth muscle cell proliferation, incontinence, and/or disorders related to estrogen functioning.
The present invention is also directed to combinations of any of the compounds or any of the pharmaceutical compositions described above with one or more agents useful in the prevention or treatment of osteoporosis. For example, the compounds of the instant invention may be effectively administered in combination with effective amounts of other agents such as an organic bisphosphonate or a cathepsin K inhibitor. Nonlimiting examples of said organic bisphosphonates include alendronate, clodronate, etidronate, ibandronate, incadronate, minodronate, neridronate, risedronate, piridronate, pamidronate, tiludronate, zoledronate, pharmaceutically acceptable salts or esters thereof, and mixtures thereof.
Preferred organic bisphosphonates include alendronate and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and mixtures thereof. Most preferred is alendronate monosodium trihydrate.
The precise dosage of the bisphosphonate will vary with the dosing schedule, the oral potency of the particular bisphosphonate chosen, the age, size, sex and condition of the mammal or human, the nature and severity of the disorder to be treated, and other relevant medical and physical factors. Thus, a precise pharmaceutically effective amount cannot be specified in advance and can be readily determined by the caregiver or clinician. Appropriate amounts can be determined by routine experimentation from animal models and human clinical studies.
Generally, an appropriate amount of bisphosphonate is chosen to obtain a bone resorption inhibiting effect, i.e. a bone resorption inhibiting amount of the bisphosphonate is administered. For humans, an effective oral dose of bisphosphonate is typically from about 1.5 to about 6000 ,ug/kg body weight and preferably about 10 to about ,ug/kg of body weight.
For human oral compositions comprising alendronate, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives thereof, a unit dosage typically comprises from about 8.75 mg to about 140 mg of the alendronate compound, on an alendronic acid active weight basis, i.e. on the basis of the corresponding acid.
For use in medicine, the salts of the compounds of this invention refer to non-toxic "pharmaceutically acceptable salts." Other salts may, however, be useful in the preparation of the compounds according to the invention or of their pharmaceutically acceptable salts. When the compounds of the present invention contain a basic group, salts encompassed within the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refer to non-toxic salts which are generally prepared by reacting the free base with a suitable organic or inorganic acid. Representative salts include but are not limited to the following: acetate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bicarbonate, bisulfate, bitartrate, borate, bromide, calcium, camsylate, carbonate, chloride, clavulanate, citrate, dihydrochloride, edetate,'edisylate, estolate, esylate, fumaxate, gluceptate, gluconate, glutamate, glycollylarsanilate, hexylresorcinate, hydrabamine, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroxynaphthoate, iodide, isothionate, lactate, lactobionate, laurate, rnalate, maleate, mandelate, mesylate, methylbromide, methylnitrate, methylsulfate, mucate, napsylate, nitrate, N-methylglucamine ammonium salt, oleate, oxalate, pamoate (embonate), palmitate, pantothenate, phosphate/diphosphate, polygalacturonate, salicylate, stearate, sulfate, subacetate, succinate, tannate, tartrate, teoclate, tosylate, triethiodide and valerate.
Furthermore, where the compounds of the invention carry an acidic moiety, suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may include alkali metal salts, e.g., sodium or potassium salts; alkaline earth metal salts, e.g., calcium or magnesium salts; and salts formed with suitable organic ligands, e.g., quaternary ammonium salts.
The compounds of the present invention can have chiral centers and occur as racemates, racemic mixtures, diastereomeric mixtures, and as individual diastereomers, or enantiomers with all isomeric forms being included in the present invention. Therefore, where a compound is chiral, the separate enantiomers, substantially free of the other, are included within the scope of the invention; further included are all mixtures of the two enantiomers. Also included within the scope of the invention are polymorphs, hydrates and solvates of the compounds of the instant invention.
The present invention includes within its scope prodrugs of the compounds of this invention. In general, such prodrugs will be functional derivatives of the compounds of this invention which are readily convertible in vivo into the required compound. Thus, in the methods of treatment of the present invention, the term "administering" shall encompass the treatment of the various conditions described with the compound specifically disclosed or with a compound which may not be specifically disclosed, but which converts to the specified compound izz vivo after administration to the patient. Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in "Design of Prodrugs," ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. Metabolites of these compounds include active species produced upon introduction of compounds of this invention into the biological milieu.
The term "therapeutically effective amount" shall mean that amount of a drug or phamnaceutical agent that will elicit the biological or medical response of a tissue, system, animal or human that is being sought by a researcher or clinician.
The term "bone resorption," as used herein, refers to the process by which osteoclasts degrade bone.
The term "basic conditions," as used herein, refers to the incorporation or use of a base in the reaction medium. According to the Lowry-Bronsted definition, a base is a substance that accepts a proton; or according to the Lewis definition, a base is a substance that can furnish an electron pair to form a covalent bond.
Examples of bases used herein, but are not limited to, are tertiary amine bases such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, or the like.
The term "acidic conditions," as used herein, refers to the incorporation or use of an acid in the reaction medium. According to the Lowry-Bronsted definition, an acid is a substance that gives up a proton; or according to the Lewis definition, an acid is a substance that can take up an electron pair to form a covalent bond. Examples of acids used herein, but are not limited to, are strong carboxylic acids such as trifluoroacetic acid, or the like, strong sulfonic acids, such as trifluoromethane sulfonic acid, or the like, and Lewis acids, such as boron trifluoride ether ate, or stannous chloride, or the like.
The term " reducing agent," as used herein, refers to a reagent capable of performing a reduction. A reduction is the conversion of a functional group or an intermediate from one category to a lower one. Examples of reducing agents used herein, but are not limited to, are triorganosilanes or stannanes, such as triethylsilane, triphenylsilane, and tri-n-butyl tin hydride, or the like.
The term "chemically differentiable" refers to two or more non-identical R~ substituents whose unique structures are such that one of ordinary skill in the art could choose reaction conditions which would convert one of the non-identical R6 substituents to H, without affecting the other R6 substituent.
The term "alkyl" shall mean a substituting univalent group derived by conceptual removal of one hydrogen atom from a straight or branched-chain acyclic saturated hydrocarbon (i.e., -CHg, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2CH3, -CH(CH3)2, -CH2CH2CH2CHg, -CH2CH(CH3)2, -C(CHg)3, etc.).
The term "alkenyl" shall mean a substituting univalent group derived by conceptual removal of one hydrogen atom from a straight or branched-chain acyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon containing at least one double bond (i.e., -CH=CH2, -CH2CH=CH2, -CH=CHCHg, -CH2CH=C(CH3)2, etc.).
The term "alkynyl" shall mean a substituting univalent group derived by conceptual removal of one hydrogen atom from a straight or branched-chain acyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon containing at least one triple bond (i.e., -CH=CH, -CH2C=CH, -C=CCH3, -CH2CH2C=CCH3, etc.).
The term "cycloalkyl" shall mean a substituting univalent group derived by conceptual removal of one hydrogen atom from a saturated monocyclic hydrocarbon (i.e., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or cycloheptyl).
The term "cycloallcenyl" shall mean a substituting univalent group derived by conceptual removal of one hydrogen atom from an unsaturated monocyclic hydrocarbon containing a double bond (i.e., cyclopentenyl or cyclohexenyl).
The term "heterocyclical" shall mean a substituting univalent group derived by conceptual removal of one hydrogen atom from a heterocycloalkane wherein said heterocycloalkane is derived from the corresponding saturated monocyclic hydrocarbon by replacing one or two carbon atoms with atoms selected fiom N, O or S. Examples of heterocyclical groups include, but are not limited to, oxiranyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, and morpholinyl.
Heterocyclical substituents can be attached at a carbon atom. If the substituent is a nitrogen containing heterocyclical substituent, it can be attached at the nitrogen atom.
The term "heteroaryl" as used herein refers to a substituting univalent group derived by the conceptual removal of one hydrogen atom from a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic ring system containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, or S. Examples of heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, benzimidazolyl, indolyl, and purinyl. Heteraryl substituents can be attached at a carbon atom or through the heteroatom.
The term "triorganosilyl" means those silyl groups trisubstituted by lower alkyl groups or aryl groups or combinations thereof and wherein one substituent may be a lower alkoxy group. Examples of triorganosilyl groups include trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl, triphenylsilyl, dimethylphenylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl, phenyl-t-butylmethoxysilyl and the like.
In the compounds of the present invention, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclical and heteroaryl groups can be further substituted by replacing one or more hydrogen atoms be alternative non-hydrogen groups. These include, but are not limited to, halo, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxy, cyano and carbamoyl.
Whenever the term "alkyl" or "aryl" or either of their prefix roots appear in a name of a substituent (e.g., aryl CO_g alkyl) it shall be interpreted as including those limitations given above for "alkyl" and "aryl." Designated numbers of carbon atoms (e.g., C1-10) shall refer independently to the number of carbon atoms in an alkyl or cyclic alkyl moiety or to the alkyl portion of a larger substituent in which alkyl appears as its prefix root.
The terms "arylalkyl" and "alkylaryl" include an alkyl portion where alkyl is as defined above and to include an aryl portion where aryl is as defined above.
Examples of arylalkyl include, but are not limited to, benzyl, fluorobenzyl, chlorobenzyl, phenylethyl, phenylpropyl, fluorophenylethyl, chlorophenylethyl, thienylmethyl, thienylethyl, and thienylpropyl. Examples of alkylaryl include, but are not limited to, toluyl, ethylphenyl, and propylphenyl.
The term "heteroarylalkyl," as used herein, shall refer to a system that includes a heteroaryl portion, where heteroaryl is as defined above, and contains an alkyl portion. Examples of heteroarylalkyl include, but are limited to, pyridylmethyl, pyridylethyl and imidazoylmethyl.
The term "halo" shall include iodo, bromo, chloro and fluoro.
The term "oxy" means an oxygen (O) atom. The term "thio" means a sulfur (S) atom. The term "oxo" means =O. The term "oximino" means the =N-O
group.
The term "substituted" shall be deemed to include multiple degrees of substitution by a named substitutent. Where multiple substituent moieties are disclosed or claimed, the substituted compound can be independently substituted by one or more of the disclosed or claimed substituent moieties, singly or plurally. By independently substituted, it is meant that the (two or more) substituents can be the same or different.
Under standard nonmenclature used throughout this disclosure, the terminal portion of the designated side chain is described first, followed by the adjacent functionality toward the point of attachment. For example, a C1-5 alkylcarbonylamino C1_6 alkyl substituent is equivalent to O
- C 1-~allcyl-NH-C-Cl-5alkyl In choosing compounds of the present invention, one of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that the various substituents, i.e. R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R~, Q, X, Y, Z, n and m are to be chosen in conformity with well-known principles of chemical structure connectivity.
Representative compounds of the present invention typically display submicromolar affinity for alpha andlor beta estrogen receptors. Compounds of this invention are therefore useful in treating mammals suffering from disorders related to estrogen functioning. Pharmacologically effective amounts of the compound, including the pharmaceutically effective salts thereof, are administered to the mammal, to treat disorders related to estrogen functioning, such as bone loss, hot flashes and cardiovascular disease.
The compounds of the present invention are available in racemic form or as individual enantiomers. For convenience, some structures are graphically represented as a single enantiomer but, unless otherwise indicated, is meant to include both racemic and enantiomeric forms. Where cis and trafis sterochemistry is indicated for a compound of the present invention, it should be noted that the stereochemistry can be construed as relative, unless indicated otherwise..
R2 \ Y R5 R3 I ~ \
1~ X
R4 / O~~CH2)nN~Z)2 It is generally preferable to administer compounds of structure (I) as enantiomerically pure formulations since most or all of the desired bioactivity resides with a single enantiomer. Racemic mixtures can be separated into their individual enantiomers by any of a number of conventional methods. These include chiral chromatography, derivatization with a chiral auxiliary followed by separation by chromatography or crystallization, and fractional crystallization of diastereomeric salts.
The compounds of the present invention can be used in combination with other agents useful for treating estrogen-mediated conditions. The individual components of such combinations can be administered separately at different times during the course of therapy or concurrently in divided or single combination forms.
The instant invention is therefore to be understood as embracing all such regimes of simultaneous or alternating treatment and the term "administering" is to be interpreted accordingly. It will be understood that the scope of combinations of the compounds of this invention with other agents useful for treating estrogen-mediated conditions includes in principle any combination with any pharmaceutical composition useful for treating disorders related to estrogen functioning.
As used herein, the term "composition" is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
The compounds of the present invention can be administered in such oral dosage forms as tablets, capsules (each of which includes sustained xelease or timed release formulations), pills, powders, granules, elixers, tinctures, suspensions, syntps and emulsions. Likewise, they may also be administered in intravenous (bolus or infusion), intraperitoneal, topical (e.g., ocular eyedrop), subcutaneous, intramuscular or transdermal (e.g., patch) form, all using forms well known to those of ordinary skill in the pharmaceutical arts.
The dosage regimen utilizing the compounds of the present invention is selected in accordance with a variety of factors including type, species, age, weight, sex and medical condition of the patient; the severity of the condition to be treated;
the route of administration; the renal and hepatic function of the patient;
and the particular compound or salt thereof employed. An ordinarily skilled physician, veterinarian or clinician can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the drug required to prevent, counter or arrest the progress of the condition.
Oral dosages of the present invention, when used for the indicated effects, will range between about 0.01 mg per kg of body weight per day (mg/kg/day) to about 100 mg/kglday, preferably 0.01 to 10 mg/kglday, and most preferably 0.1 to 5.0 mg/lcg/day. For oral administration, the compositions are preferably provided in the form of tablets containing 0.01, 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 2.5, 5.0, 10.0, 15.0, 25.0, 50.0, 100 and 500 milligrams of the active ingredient for the symptomatic adjustment of the dosage to the patient to be treated. A medicament typically contains from about 0.01 mg to about 500 mg of the active ingredient, preferably, from about 1 mg to about 100 mg of active ingredient. Intravenously, the most preferred doses will range from about 0.1 to about 10 mg/kg/minute during a constant rate infusion.
Advantageously, compounds of the present invention may be administered in a single daily dose, or the total daily dosage may be administered in divided doses of two, three or four times daily. Furthermore, preferred compounds for the present invention can be administered in intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles, or via transdermal routes, using those forms of transdermal skin patches well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. To be administered in the form of a transdermal delivery system, the dosage administration will, of course, be continuous rather than intermittant throughout the dosage regimen.
In the methods of the present invention, the compounds herein described in detail can form the active ingredient, and are typically administered in admixture with suitable pharmaceutical diluents, excipients or carriers (collectively referred to herein as 'carrier' materials) suitably selected with respect to the intended form of administration, that is, oral tablets, capsules, elixirs, syrups and the like, and consistent with conventional pharmaceutical practices.
For instance, for oral administration in the form of a tablet or capsule, the active drug component can be combined with an oral, non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable, inert carrier such as lactose, starch, sucrose, glucose, methyl cellulose, magnesium stearate, dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, mannitol, sorbitol and the like; for oral administration in liquid form, the oral drug components can be combined with any oral, non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable inert carrier such as ethanol, glycerol, water and the like. Moreover, when desired or necessary, suitable binders, lubricants, disintegrating agents and coloring agents can also be incorporated into the mixture. Suitable binders include starch,.gelatin, natural sugars such as glucose or beta-lactose, corn sweeteners, natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, tragacanth or sodium alginate, carboxymethylcellulose, polyethylene glycol, waxes and the like.
Lubricants used in these dosage forms include sodium oleate, sodium stearate, magnesium stearate, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride and the like.
Disintegrators include, without limitation, starch, methyl cellulose, agar, bentonite, xanthan gum and the like.
The compounds of the present invention can also be administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles and multilamellar vesicles. Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine or phosphatidylcholines.
Compounds of the present invention may also be delivered by the use of monoclonal antibodies as individual carriers to which the compound molecules are coupled. The compounds of the present invention may also be coupled with soluble polymers as targetable drug carriers. Such polymers can include polyvinylpyrrolidone, pyran copolymer, polyhydroxypropylmethacrylamide-phenol, polyhydroxy-ethylaspartamide-phenol, or polyethyleneoxide-polylysine substituted with palmitoyl residues. Furthermore, the compounds of the present invention may be coupled to a class of biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of . a drug, for example, polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, copolymers of polyactic and polyglycolic acid, polyepsilon caprolactone, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates and crosslinked or amphipathic block copolymers of hydrogels.
The novel compounds of the present invention can be prepared according to the procedure of the following schemes and examples, using appropriate materials and are further exemplified by the following specific examples. The compounds illustrated in the examples are not, however, to be construed as forming the only genus that is considered as the invention. The following examples further illustrate details for the preparation of the compounds of the present invention. Those skilled in the art will readily understand that known variations of the conditions and processes of the following preparative procedures can be used to prepare these compounds. All temperatures are degrees Celsius unless otherwise noted.
The compounds of the present invention are prepared according to the following generic Scheme I:
SCHEME I. GENERAL SYNTHESIS FOR
ClS-DIHYDROBENZOXATHIINS AND BENZODIOXANES
R2 \ YH Br R5 Base / O \
R ~ ~XH
R4 / ORs R3 ~ ~ Y R5 R2 \ Y
Reductive R2 R1 O \ Cyclization R3 / X
R' Deprotection R ~ \ Y Mitsunobu Reaction R3 / )( \ HO(CH2)nN~z)2 R4 ~ /
OH
VI
R \ Y R Deprotection ofOR6 (if necessary) R ~ ~X \
R4 I / i(CH2)nN~Z)2 O
In words relative to the scheme, an appropriately functionalized bis-phenol II (X=O, Y=O),. which are readily available, or a mercapto-phenol II
(X=O, Y=S), which are prepared according to literature procedures, was reacted with a bromo-ketone derivative III, which was readily prepared from the corresponding ketone by bromination with phenyltrimethylammonium tribromide (PTAB), in the presence of a tertiary amine base, such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, or the like, in a solvent such as dimethylformamide (DMF), formamide, acetonitrile, dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), tetrahydrofuran (THF), dichloromethane, or the like, at a temperature of from -20oC to 80oC for as long as it takes for the reaction to complete to provide the displacement product IV. When X=Y=O, only R3 maybe -OR6.
Alternatively, when X=Y=O and R2 is -OR6, the requisite cyclization intermediate is obtained by interchangement of the ketone and bromide functionalities. These stipulations are required to allow for the preparation of these compounds of the invention where the presence of certain substituents will alter the reactivity of the phenolic oxygen atoms.
Intermediate IV was reductively cyclized in the presence of an organic acid such as trifluoroacetic acid, triflic acid, or the like, or a Lewis acid such as boron trifluoride etherate, stannous chloride, or the like, and a reducing agent such as a trisubstituted silane, such triethylsilane, or the like, in a solvent such as dichloromethane, chloroform, THF, toluene, or the like at a temperature of from -40oC to 100oC for as long as it takes for the reaction to complete to provide the cyclized product V, in which the stereochemistry of the aryl substituent and R5 in the newly created ring is exclusively cis. The formation of the intermediates with analogous trc~fzs stereochemistry is depicted in the next general Scheme II.
In product V, when R6 is a protecting group it is then removed in a manner consistent with its nature. Such methods are well documented in the literature which are incorporated in standard textbooks, such as Greene, T.W. and Wuts, P.G.M., Protective Groups in Or.a~ nic S. nthesis, Third Ed.,Wiley, New York (1999).
Further, it is understood that it is possible to have any number of the substitutents 81-R4 be or contain-OR6, or R5 may contain-OR6, where R6 is a protecting group, and it is further understood that in these instances the protecting groups are chemically differentiable, ie., they maybe selectively removed when necessary. For example in product V, R6 is a methoxymethyl (MOM) group, R2 is -OR6, wherein R6 is a benzyl (Bn) group, R5 is a phenyl ring substituted by R~ where R~ is OR6, wherein R6 is a triisopropylsilyl (TIPS) group, and all unspecified substitutents are hydrogen.
As indicated, as part of the synthetic sequence it is necessary to selectively remove the MOM group in preference to either the TIPS or Bz groups. Utilizing methods found in Green and Wuts, it is possible to generate the preferred intermediate V, wherein R6 is H, R2 is -OBn, RS is para-OTIPS-phenyl, and all unspecified substitutents are hydrogen. It is also noted that in product V, that when either R2 or R3 is ORS, R6 must be a protecting group, and that prior to its removal, the existing -ORS
group must be covered by a differentiable protecting group.
The alcohol intermediate VI was then reacted with a reagent HO(CH2)nNZ2 in a Mitsunobu reaction protocol, in which they are combined with a trisubstituted phosphine, such as triphenylphosphine and a diazodicarboxylate, such as diisopropylazodicarboxylate, in a suitable solvent such as THF at from OoC to 80oC
for as long as it takes for the reaction to complete to provide the coupled product I.
The variables for the Mitsunobu reaction have been well documented and are incorporated herein by reference: Mitsunobu, O. Synthesis, 1981, 1; Castro, B.R. Org.
React. 1983, 29, 1; Hughes, D.L. Org. React. 1992, 42, 335.
Finally, after the Mitsunobu reaction, it is understood that in I if any R
group is or contains -OR6, wherein R6 is a protecting group, it was removed utilizing the appropriate method found in Green and Wuts to give the final product where R6 is H.
SCHEME II. GENERAL SYNTHESIS FOR
TRANS-DIHYDROBENZOXATHIINS AND BEN~ODIOXANES
R Y R Reduction / \ C clization Y
R1 O I \ R2 R1 O \
ORs H ( ~ s IV VII OR
\ Deprotection R3 4 X .~'~~ ~ \ R3 4 X .,~n \
R ~ ORs R ~ OH
VIII
IX
.Mitsunobu Reaction R \ Y R Deprotection of ORs HO(CH2)nN(Z)2 s I ~ w.~, \ (if necessary) R X
R4 I / ~(CH2)nN(Z)2 O
I
In words relative to the above scheme for the general preparation of the traps. isomers of I, the ketone intermediate-IV from Scheme I was reduced with sodium borohydride, super hydride, or the like, in a mixture of methanol and dichloromethane, or THF or the like at from OoC to ambient temperature for from a few minutes to a few hours to provide the analogous hydroxyl intermediate VII.
Cyclization of intermediate VII was accomplished in the presence of an acid catalyst such as,amberlyst 15, or triflic acid or the like, in a solvent such toluene, or dichloromethane or the like, at a temperature of from ambient to reflux to afford the traps compound VIII as the major isomer.
The remainder of the synthetic sequence to produce traps I is identical to that outlined in Scheme I and detailed above.
The compounds of the invention where X=O and Y=SO or SO~ are prepared as outlined in the specific schemes that follow.
SCHEME III. GENERAL SYNTHESIS FOR
DIHYDROBENZOXATHIIN DIOXIDES
R2 \ S R5 R ~ ~O
R4 ~ / i (CH2)nN(Z)2 O
R' Peroxidation RV
O~ (CH2)nN(z)2 X OO
Selective Deoxygenation R' R' (CH2)nN(Z)2 R1.~, n In words relative to Scheme III, the compounds I of the invention are peroxidized with an oxidant such as na-chloroperbenzoic acid, or per-trifluoroacetic acid, or the like, in a solvent such dichloromethane or the like, at a temperature of from O~C to reflex to produce the trioxide intermediate X. In turn X was selectively deoxygenated at the nitrogen atom by treatment with a reducing agent such as sodium bisulfite or the like in a biphasic medium such as ethyl acetate and water, or the like, to provide I.
In the compounds of the present invention, X is preferably O, and Y is preferably S.
In the compounds of the present invention, R1 ,R2 ,R3 and R4 are preferably selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, C3-g cycloalkyl, C1_5 alkenyl, C1_5 alkynyl, -OR6 and halogen.
In the compounds of the present invention, RS is preferably selected from the group consisting of C3-g cycloalkyl, phenyl, and substituted phenyl.
In the compounds of the present invention, R6 is preferably selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, benzyl, methoxymethyl and trisopropylsilyl.
In the compounds of the present invention, a preferred subset is found where R1 and R4 are hydrogen, R2 and R3 are independently -OH, and R~ is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl and substituted phenyl.
In the compounds of the present invention, another preferred subset zs found where R1 is independently selected fluorine and chlorine, R4 is hydrogen, R2 and R3 are independently -OH, and R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl and substituted phenyl.
In the compounds of the present invention, the most preferred subset is found where R1 and R4 are hydrogen and, R2 is -OH, and RS is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl and parcc-hydroxy-phenyl.
SCHEME IV. GENERAL SYNTHESIS FOR DIHYDROBENZOXATHIIN
OXIDES
Ri . R~ O
R2 S R5 R2 \ S Rs Mono-oxidation Rs / O \ _R3 / O \
R4 ~ / 6 R4 ~ / 6 OR OR
V XI
R' Ry ~CH2)nN~Z)2 In words relevant to Scheme IV, the intermediate V of Scheme I was mono-oxidized by careful treatment with one equivalent or a slight excess of an oxidant such as m-chloroperbenzoic acid, or dimethyldioxirane, or the like, in a solvent such as dichloromethane, ether, acetone, or the like, at a temperature of from -78oC to ambient temperature for from a few minutes to a few hours to give the corresponding sulfoxide intermediate XI. The remainder of the synthetic sequence to produce I is identical to that outlined in Scheme I and detailed above.
In the compounds of the present invention, X is preferably O, and Y is preferably S. .
In the compounds of the present invention, R1 ,R~ ,R3 and R4 are preferably selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloallcyl, C1_5 alkenyl, C1_5 alkynyl, -OR6 and halogen.
In the compounds of the present invention, R5 is preferably selected from the group consisting of C3_g cycloalkyl, phenyl, and substituted phenyl.
In the compounds of the present invention, R6 is preferably selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, benzyl, methoxymethyl and trisopropylsilyl.
In the compounds of the present invention, a preferred subset is found where R 1 and R4 are hydrogen, R2 and R3 are independently -OH, and R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl and substituted phenyl.
In the compounds of the present invention, another preferred subset is found where R1 is independently selected fluorine and chlorine, R4 is hydrogen, R2 and R3 are independently -OH, and R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl and substituted phenyl.
In the compounds of the present invention, the most preferred subset is found where R1 and R4 are hydrogen and, R2 is -OH, and R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, meta-hydroxy-phenyl, and para-hydroxy-phenyl.
GENERAL PREPARATION OF THIOPHENOLS
CuS04, NH4SCN
S
\ / I ~O
HO ~ ~OH HO ~ O
R1 R~
Protection / S 1. NaOH / SH
O
2. H+ \ I OH
PO ~ PO
The functionalized thiophenols were prepared by the known procedure, with minor modification, which is depicted in above scheme: Wermer, G.; Biebrich, W. US
Patent 2,276,553 and 2,332,418.
O OH
Thiolirea / S NH2C1~ / O
Heat \ I O
HCl \ NH2 HO S
I
O OH
PhCH2Br / I _ / OH
Base O 1. NaOH
Bn0 \ S 2. H+ Bn0 \ SH
to The thiophenol depicted above was prepared according to the following references:
Maxwell, S. J. Am. Claem. Soc. 1947, 69, 712; Hanzlik, R. P, et. al. J. Org.
Claenz.
1990, 55, 2736.
O s ~
Me0 To a stirred solution of anisole (1.49 g, 13.8 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (5 mL) was added A1C13 (1.2320 g, 9.2 mmol) followed by dropwise addition of 2-thiophene acetyl chloride (0.57 mL, 4.6 mmol) at 0 °C under NZ. The reaction was stirred for 1.5 h, then poured into a separatory funnel containing ice/brine/EtOAc.
The organic layer was washed further with brine, dried over Na2S04, and concentrated ire veccuo. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel chromatography with 30%
EtOAc/hexane as the eluant to afford the desired product as a yellow oil. 1H
500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(~): 3.89 (s, 3H), 4.46 (s, 2H), 6.98 (m, 4H), 7.24 (d, 1H), and 8.05 (d, 2H).
O s HO
A mixture of the 2-thophene-4-methoxy-benzophenone (0.8294 g, 3.5 mmol), generated in Example 2, and pyridine-HCl (4.0627 g, 35.2 mmol) was heated to °C under NZ for 6 h. The reaction was monitored by examining worked-up aliquots of the reaction by TLC (30°Io EtOAc/hexane). The reaction was cooled in an ice bath and ice/H20 was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The organic extract was washed with 2 N HCl and brine, dried over NaZS04, and concentrated in vczcuo. The resulting brown residue was purified by silica gel chromatography with 30°Io EtOAc/hexane as the eluant to afford the desired product as a yellow/orange solid. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8): 4.43 (s, 2H), 5.60 (bs, 1H), 6.90 (d, 2H), 6.92 (m, 1 H), 6.97 (m, 1H), 7.22 (d, 1 H) and 8.00 (d, 2H).
BENZOPHENONES
O
/ ~ a ~/
HO
To a stirred solution of the 2-cycloalkyl-1-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-ethanone [prepared according to the method of Barrio, etc~l, J. Med. Chem.,1971, 14, 898] in dry methylene chloride at 0°C was added 3.6 equivalents of aluminum chloride and 3.0 equivalents of isopropyl mercaptan. The ice-water bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred further overnight under an inert atmosphere of nitrogen.
The reaction mixture was poured onto a mixture of 2N HCl/ice and extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate extract was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated. Purification by silica gel chromatography afforded the coiTesponding 2-cycloalkyl-1-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-ethanone.
Utilizing the foregoing experimental procedure the following compounds were prepared:
2-cyclohexyl-1-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-ethanone: 70% yield using methylene chloride-ethyl acetate(50:1) as the chromatography eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCI;) ppm(~):1-2.0 (m, 11H), 2.96 (d, 1H), 5.6 (bs, 1H), 6.92 (d, 2H), and 7.95 (d, 2H).
2-cyclopentyl-1-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-ethanone: 74°7o yield using methylene chloride-ethyl acetate(50:1) as the chromatography eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.2-1.92 (m, 10H), 2.4 (m, 1H), 2.96 (d, 1H), 5.6 (bs, 1H), 6.91 (d, 2H), and
R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, C~7_5 alkenyl, C2_5 alkynyl, C3_g cycloalkenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical groups wherein said groups can be optionally substituted with C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, CF3, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_ 5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONZ2, -S02NZ2, and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
X and Y are each independently selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur, sulfoxide and sulfone;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, benzyl, methoxymethyl, triorganosilyl, C1_5 allcylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl and CONZ2;
Each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, wherein said alkyl group can be optionally substituted with C 1 _5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C 1 _5 allcylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -S02NQ2, and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
Or both Zs and the nitrogen to which they are attached may be taken together to form a 3-8 membered ring, said ring may optionally contain atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon, oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, wherein said ring may either be saturated or unsaturated, and the carbon atoms of said ring maybe optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1_5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -S02NQ2, and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
Each Q is independently selected from the group consisting of C1_5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_ 5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
7_ Each n is independently an integer from one to five;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
In one class of compounds of the present invention, X is O, and Y is S. In another class of compounds of the present invention, X is S and Y is S.
In one class of compounds of the present invention, R1 ,R2 ,R3 and R4 are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1_5 alkynyl, -OR6 and halogen.
In one class of compounds of the present invention R5 is selected from the group consisting of C3_g cycloalkyl, phenyl, heteroaryl and heterocyclical groups wherein said groups can be optionally substituted with -OR6 and halogen.
In one class of compounds of the present invention, R6 is preferably selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, benzyl, methoxymethyl and triisopropylsilyl.
The present invention also relates to a process for preparing a compound of formula I
2 . p5 R
R4 ~CH2)nN~Z)2 wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R2 is H or OR6;
R3 is H or OR6;
R4 is H or CH3;
R5 is C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, C3_g cycloalkenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclical groups wherein said groups can be optionally substituted with alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, CF3, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, carboxyl (-C02H), carboalkoxyl (-COOC1_5 alkyl), carbonyl (-COC1_5 alkyl, carboxamido (-CONZ2), sulfonamido (-S02NZ2), and sulfonyl (-S02C1_5 alkyl);
_g_ R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or triisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that when OR6 exists elsewhere, it is chemically differentiable;
X and Y are each independently selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur, sulfoxide and sulfone;
Each Z is independently~selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-5 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, wherein said alkyl group can be optionally substituted with C1_5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -S02NQ2, and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
Or both Zs and the nitrogen to which they are attached may be taken together to form a 3-8 membered ring, said ring may optionally contain atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon, oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, wherein said ring may either be saturated or unsaturated, and the carbon atoms of said ring maybe optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -S02NQ2, and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
Each Q is independently selected from the group consisting of C1_5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_ 5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
n is an integer from one to five;
and the stereoisomer is cis;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, comprising the steps of a) reacting a compound of formula II with a compound of formula III
under basic conditions \ +
R3 / XH p~ I \
R4 / ORs to form a compound of formula IV
R3 ~ ~ Y R5 R2 R1 O \
b) cyclizing IV, of step a, under acidic conditions in the presence of a reducing agent, to provide the cis compound of formula V
R2 \ Y Rs s ~ / \
R ~ ~X
OR
V
c) removing the protecting group R6 to yield the substituted phenol of formula VI
Ri R2 \ Y Rs / \
R ~ ~X
R4 ~ /
VI OH
d) alkylating the substituted phenol of formula VI, from step c, with a reagent, HO(CH2)nN(Z)2 to give a compound of formula I
R2 . Y Rs R3 / X \
R4 / i (CH2)nN(z)2 O
e) removing either protecting group from I, from step d, to afford either a compound of formula VIII or a compound of formula IX
HO \ Y R5-(OR6) / \
R ~ ~X
R4 VIII ~ / i(CH2)nN(z)2 O
R60 \ Y R5-(OH) 3 ~ / \
R ~ ~X
R4 ~ / i(CH2)nN(Z)2 O
IX
f) removing the remaining protecting group from either VIII or IX, from step e, to give a compound of formula I.
The present invention also relates to a process for preparing a compound of formula ID
OH
R
HO ~ S ,, 3 ~ /
R
R4 ~ / ~ N
O
(+) - I D
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R3 is H;
R4 is H or CH3;
and the stereoisomer is cis;
and the optical isomer is dextrorotatory (+), having the absolute configuration: (2S, 3R);
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, comprising the steps of a) reacting a compound of formula IID with a compound of formula IIID under basic conditions TIPS
Bn0 \ SH E
OH
IID
IIID
to form a compound of formula IVD
OFi ~TIPS
Bn0 H
IVD
b) cyclizing IVD, of step a, under acidic conditions in the presence of a reducing agent to provide the racemic, cis compound of formula VD
"''IPS
Bn VD
c) performing a chiral chromatography with VD, from step b, to resolve the enantiomeric forms to provide the dextrorotatory (.+) isomer VID;
OTIPS
Bn0 \ S
,,~~ \
/ ....
O ~~ \
/ OH
(+)-V I D
d) alkylating the dextrorotatory (+) isomer VID, from step c, with 1-piperidineethanol to give a compound of formula VIID
/ OTI PS
Bn0 ~ \ S
,,~~ \
O ,~ ~ \
/ O~ N
VIID
e) removing either protecting group from VIID, from step d, to afford either a compound of formula VIIID or a compound of formula IXD
/ OTIPS
HO \ S
,,~~ \
/ .,,.
o ,I \
/ O~ N
VIIID
/ OH
Bn0 \ S
.,,.v \
/
o .,,,, ~ \
/ O~ N
IXD
f) removing the remaining protecting group from either VIIID or IXD, from step e, to give a compound of formula I.
The present invention also comprises a process according for preparing a compound of formula IE
1 / R~
R
HO \ S ,,.v \
s I / .,,.~ \
R O
R4 I / ~ N
O
(+) - I E
wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, or Cl;
R3 and R4 are each H;
R~ is selected from the group consisting of H or OH;
the stereoisomer is cis, and the optical isomer is dextrorotatory (+), having the absolute configuration (2S, 3R);
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof comprising the steps of a) reacting a compound of formula IIE with a compound of formula IIIE under basic conditions Bn0 \ SH E
I /
OH
IIE
IIIE
to form a compound of formula IVE
OH
Bn0 R' IVE
b) cyclizing IVE, of step a, under acidic conditions in the presence of a reducing agent to provide the racemic, cis compound of formula VE
R~
Bn0 VE
c) selectively removing the protecting group of VE, from step b, to yield the substituted phenol of formula VIE
~7 Bn H
VIE
d) alkylating the substituted phenol of formula VIE, from step c, with 1-piperidineethanol to give a compound of formula VIIE
1 / R~
R I
BnO~ ~ S \
I/
O I \
/ O~ N
VIIE
e) removing either protecting group from VIIE to afford either a compound of fomula VIIIE or a compound of formula IXE
/1T 1 1'1 f1 HO \
I/
NJ
VIIIE
B
/ OH
R
n0 \ S \
I/
o I \
/ O~ N
IXE
f) removing the remaining protecting group from either VIII or IX, from step e, to provide racemic I.
g) performing a resolution of the enantiomeric forms of I to provide the dextrorotatory (+) isomer I, having the (2S, 3R) absolute configuration.
The present invention also relates to novel intermediates useful for preparing compounds and compositions described herein, i.e compounds of formula I, IA, IB, IC, ID and IE.
An emobidment of the invention is an intermediate of the formula:
R' R' wherein R1 is H, F, or CI;
R2 is H or OR6;
R3 is H or OR6;
R4 is H or CH3;
R5 is C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, C3_g cycloallcenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclical groups wherein said groups can be optionally substituted with C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloallcyl, CF3, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, carboxyl (-C02H), carboalkoxyl (-COOC1_5 alkyl), carbonyl (-COC1_5 alkyl, carboxamido (-CONZ2), sulfonamido (-S02NZ2), and sulfonyl (-S02C 1 _5 alkyl);
RG is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or trisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that when OR6 exists elsewhere, it is chemically differentiable;
Each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, wherein said alkyl group can be optionally substituted with C1_5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1_5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -S02NQ2, and -S02C 1_5 alkyl;
Or both Zs and the nitrogen to which they are attached may be taken together to form a 3-8 membered ring, said ring may optionally contain atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon, oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, wherein said ring may either be saturated or unsaturated, and the carbon atoms of said ring maybe optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1_5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -S02NQ2, and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
Each Q is independently selected from the group consisting of C1_5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_ alleyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, and -S02C1_5 alkyl.
Another embodiment of the invention is an intermediate of the 5 formula:
R2 \ S Rs s~/ \
R O
R4 ~ / ~ N
O
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R2 is H or ORS;
R3 is H or ORG;
R4 is H or CH3;
R5 is C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, C3_g cycloalkenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclical groups wherein said groups can be optionally substituted with C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, CF3, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, carboxyl (-C02H), carboalkoxyl (-COOC1_5 alkyl), carbonyl (-COC1_5 alkyl, carboxamido (-CONZ2), sulfonamido (-S02NZ2), and sulfonyl (-S02C1_5 alkyl);
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or triisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that when OR6 exists elsewhere, it is chemically differentiable;
Each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, wherein said alkyl group can be optionally substituted with C1_5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_5 alkyl, -COC1_ 5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -S02NQ2, and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
Or both Zs and the nitrogen to which they are attached may be taken together to form a 3-8 membered ring, said ring may optionally contain atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon, oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, wherein said ring may either be saturated or unsaturated, and the carbon atoms of said ring maybe optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, CF3, -ORS, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -S02NQ2, and -S02C 1 _5 alkyl;
Each Q is independently selected from the group consisting of C1_5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 allcylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_ 5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, and -S02C1_5 alkyl.
Another embodiment of the invention is an intermediate of the formula:
Rs0 \
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or triisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that all existing R6 groups are chemically differentiable.
Another embodiment of the invention is an intermediate of the formula:
Rs0 \ S \
/ O \
/ ~NJ
O
wherein Rl is H, F, or Cl;
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or trisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that all existing R6 groups are chemically differentiable.
Another embodiment of the invention is an intermediate of the formula:
R' R2 ~ S ,,,.v R5 (+) -s ~ ~ ''~~ \
R O
R4 ~ s OR
wherein R1 is H, F, or CI;
R2 is H or OR6;
R3 is H or OR6;
R4 is H or CH3;
R5 is C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, C3-g cycloallcenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclical groups wherein said groups can be optionally substituted with C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, CF3, phenyl, heteroaiyl, heterocyclical, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, carboxyl (-C02H), carboalkoxyl (-COOC1_5 alkyl), carbonyl (-COC1_5 alkyl, carboxamido (-CONZ2), sulfonamido (-SO2NZ2), and sulfonyl (-S02C1_5 alkyl);
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or triisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that when ORS exists elsewhere, it is chemically differentiable;
Each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, wherein said alkyl group can be optionally substituted with C 1 _5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C 1 _5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -S02NQ2,,and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
Or both Zs and the nitrogen to which they are attached may be taken together to form a 3-8 membered ring, said ring may optionally contain atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon, oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, wherein said ring may either be saturated or unsaturated,'' and the carbon atoms of said ring maybe optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_5 alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -S02NQ2, and -S02C1_5 alkyl;
Each Q is independently selected from the group consisting of C1_5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1_5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -C02H, -COOC1_ alkyl, -COC1_5 alkyl, and -S02C1_5 alkyl.
Another embodiment of the invention is an intermediate of the formula:
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
1 / ORs R
Rs0 \ S
(+) _ ~ / .,,,. \
O
/ ORs R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or triisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that all existing R6 groups are chemically differentiable.
Another embodiment of the present invention is an intermediate of the formula:
Ri / ORs Rs0 \ S
,,~~ \
(+) _ ~ / ..,.
O ~~ \
/ O~ N
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or triisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that all existing R6 groups are chemically differentiable.
An embodiment of the invention is a method of eliciting an estrogen receptor modulating effect in a mammal in need thereof, comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or any of the above pharmaceutical compositions described above.
A class of the embodiment is the method wherein the estrogen receptor modulating effect is an antagonizing effect.
A subclass of the embodiment is the method wherein the estrogen receptor is an ERcc receptor.
A second subclass of the embodiment is the method wherein the estrogen receptor is an ER(3 receptor.
A third subclass of the embodiment is the method wherein the estrogen receptor modulating effect is a mixed ERoc and ER(3 receptor antagonizing effect.
A second class of the embodiment is the method wherein the estrogen receptor modulating effect is an agonizing effect.
A subclass of the embodiment is the method wherein the estrogen receptor is an ERoc receptor.
A second subclass of the embodiment is the method wherein the estrogen receptor is an ER(3 receptor.
A third subclass of the embodiment is the method wherein the estrogen receptor modulating effect is a mixed ERoc and ER(3 receptor agonizing effect.
Another embodiment of the invention is a method of treating or preventing post-menopausal osteoporosis in a mammal in need thereof by administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions described above.
Another embodiment of the invention is a method of treating or preventing uterine fibroids in a mammal in need thereof by administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions described above.
Another embodiment of the invention is a method of treating or preventing restenosis in a mammal in need thereof by administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions described above.
Another embodiment of the invention is a method of treating or preventing endometriosis in a mammal in need thereof by administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions described above.
Another embodiment of the invention is a method of treating or preventing hyperlipidemia in a mammal in need thereof by administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions described above.
Exemplifying the invention is a pharmaceutical composition comprising any of the compounds described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable caurier. Also exemplifying the invention is a pharmaceutical composition made by combining any of the compounds described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. An illustration of the invention is a process for making a pharmaceutical composition comprising combining any of the compounds described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Further exemplifying the invention is the use of any of the compounds described above in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of osteoporosis in a mammal in need thereof. Still further exemplifying the invention is the use of any of the compounds described above in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of: bone loss, bone resorption, bone fractures, cartilage degeneration, endometriosis, uterine fibroid disease, breast cancer, uterine cancer, prostate cancer, hot flashes, cardiovascular disease, impairment of cognitive functioning, cerebral degenerative disorder, restenosis, vascular smooth muscle cell proliferation, incontinence, and/or disorders related to estrogen functioning.
The present invention is also directed to combinations of any of the compounds or any of the pharmaceutical compositions described above with one or more agents useful in the prevention or treatment of osteoporosis. For example, the compounds of the instant invention may be effectively administered in combination with effective amounts of other agents such as an organic bisphosphonate or a cathepsin K inhibitor. Nonlimiting examples of said organic bisphosphonates include alendronate, clodronate, etidronate, ibandronate, incadronate, minodronate, neridronate, risedronate, piridronate, pamidronate, tiludronate, zoledronate, pharmaceutically acceptable salts or esters thereof, and mixtures thereof.
Preferred organic bisphosphonates include alendronate and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and mixtures thereof. Most preferred is alendronate monosodium trihydrate.
The precise dosage of the bisphosphonate will vary with the dosing schedule, the oral potency of the particular bisphosphonate chosen, the age, size, sex and condition of the mammal or human, the nature and severity of the disorder to be treated, and other relevant medical and physical factors. Thus, a precise pharmaceutically effective amount cannot be specified in advance and can be readily determined by the caregiver or clinician. Appropriate amounts can be determined by routine experimentation from animal models and human clinical studies.
Generally, an appropriate amount of bisphosphonate is chosen to obtain a bone resorption inhibiting effect, i.e. a bone resorption inhibiting amount of the bisphosphonate is administered. For humans, an effective oral dose of bisphosphonate is typically from about 1.5 to about 6000 ,ug/kg body weight and preferably about 10 to about ,ug/kg of body weight.
For human oral compositions comprising alendronate, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives thereof, a unit dosage typically comprises from about 8.75 mg to about 140 mg of the alendronate compound, on an alendronic acid active weight basis, i.e. on the basis of the corresponding acid.
For use in medicine, the salts of the compounds of this invention refer to non-toxic "pharmaceutically acceptable salts." Other salts may, however, be useful in the preparation of the compounds according to the invention or of their pharmaceutically acceptable salts. When the compounds of the present invention contain a basic group, salts encompassed within the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refer to non-toxic salts which are generally prepared by reacting the free base with a suitable organic or inorganic acid. Representative salts include but are not limited to the following: acetate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bicarbonate, bisulfate, bitartrate, borate, bromide, calcium, camsylate, carbonate, chloride, clavulanate, citrate, dihydrochloride, edetate,'edisylate, estolate, esylate, fumaxate, gluceptate, gluconate, glutamate, glycollylarsanilate, hexylresorcinate, hydrabamine, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroxynaphthoate, iodide, isothionate, lactate, lactobionate, laurate, rnalate, maleate, mandelate, mesylate, methylbromide, methylnitrate, methylsulfate, mucate, napsylate, nitrate, N-methylglucamine ammonium salt, oleate, oxalate, pamoate (embonate), palmitate, pantothenate, phosphate/diphosphate, polygalacturonate, salicylate, stearate, sulfate, subacetate, succinate, tannate, tartrate, teoclate, tosylate, triethiodide and valerate.
Furthermore, where the compounds of the invention carry an acidic moiety, suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may include alkali metal salts, e.g., sodium or potassium salts; alkaline earth metal salts, e.g., calcium or magnesium salts; and salts formed with suitable organic ligands, e.g., quaternary ammonium salts.
The compounds of the present invention can have chiral centers and occur as racemates, racemic mixtures, diastereomeric mixtures, and as individual diastereomers, or enantiomers with all isomeric forms being included in the present invention. Therefore, where a compound is chiral, the separate enantiomers, substantially free of the other, are included within the scope of the invention; further included are all mixtures of the two enantiomers. Also included within the scope of the invention are polymorphs, hydrates and solvates of the compounds of the instant invention.
The present invention includes within its scope prodrugs of the compounds of this invention. In general, such prodrugs will be functional derivatives of the compounds of this invention which are readily convertible in vivo into the required compound. Thus, in the methods of treatment of the present invention, the term "administering" shall encompass the treatment of the various conditions described with the compound specifically disclosed or with a compound which may not be specifically disclosed, but which converts to the specified compound izz vivo after administration to the patient. Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in "Design of Prodrugs," ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. Metabolites of these compounds include active species produced upon introduction of compounds of this invention into the biological milieu.
The term "therapeutically effective amount" shall mean that amount of a drug or phamnaceutical agent that will elicit the biological or medical response of a tissue, system, animal or human that is being sought by a researcher or clinician.
The term "bone resorption," as used herein, refers to the process by which osteoclasts degrade bone.
The term "basic conditions," as used herein, refers to the incorporation or use of a base in the reaction medium. According to the Lowry-Bronsted definition, a base is a substance that accepts a proton; or according to the Lewis definition, a base is a substance that can furnish an electron pair to form a covalent bond.
Examples of bases used herein, but are not limited to, are tertiary amine bases such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, or the like.
The term "acidic conditions," as used herein, refers to the incorporation or use of an acid in the reaction medium. According to the Lowry-Bronsted definition, an acid is a substance that gives up a proton; or according to the Lewis definition, an acid is a substance that can take up an electron pair to form a covalent bond. Examples of acids used herein, but are not limited to, are strong carboxylic acids such as trifluoroacetic acid, or the like, strong sulfonic acids, such as trifluoromethane sulfonic acid, or the like, and Lewis acids, such as boron trifluoride ether ate, or stannous chloride, or the like.
The term " reducing agent," as used herein, refers to a reagent capable of performing a reduction. A reduction is the conversion of a functional group or an intermediate from one category to a lower one. Examples of reducing agents used herein, but are not limited to, are triorganosilanes or stannanes, such as triethylsilane, triphenylsilane, and tri-n-butyl tin hydride, or the like.
The term "chemically differentiable" refers to two or more non-identical R~ substituents whose unique structures are such that one of ordinary skill in the art could choose reaction conditions which would convert one of the non-identical R6 substituents to H, without affecting the other R6 substituent.
The term "alkyl" shall mean a substituting univalent group derived by conceptual removal of one hydrogen atom from a straight or branched-chain acyclic saturated hydrocarbon (i.e., -CHg, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2CH3, -CH(CH3)2, -CH2CH2CH2CHg, -CH2CH(CH3)2, -C(CHg)3, etc.).
The term "alkenyl" shall mean a substituting univalent group derived by conceptual removal of one hydrogen atom from a straight or branched-chain acyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon containing at least one double bond (i.e., -CH=CH2, -CH2CH=CH2, -CH=CHCHg, -CH2CH=C(CH3)2, etc.).
The term "alkynyl" shall mean a substituting univalent group derived by conceptual removal of one hydrogen atom from a straight or branched-chain acyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon containing at least one triple bond (i.e., -CH=CH, -CH2C=CH, -C=CCH3, -CH2CH2C=CCH3, etc.).
The term "cycloalkyl" shall mean a substituting univalent group derived by conceptual removal of one hydrogen atom from a saturated monocyclic hydrocarbon (i.e., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or cycloheptyl).
The term "cycloallcenyl" shall mean a substituting univalent group derived by conceptual removal of one hydrogen atom from an unsaturated monocyclic hydrocarbon containing a double bond (i.e., cyclopentenyl or cyclohexenyl).
The term "heterocyclical" shall mean a substituting univalent group derived by conceptual removal of one hydrogen atom from a heterocycloalkane wherein said heterocycloalkane is derived from the corresponding saturated monocyclic hydrocarbon by replacing one or two carbon atoms with atoms selected fiom N, O or S. Examples of heterocyclical groups include, but are not limited to, oxiranyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, and morpholinyl.
Heterocyclical substituents can be attached at a carbon atom. If the substituent is a nitrogen containing heterocyclical substituent, it can be attached at the nitrogen atom.
The term "heteroaryl" as used herein refers to a substituting univalent group derived by the conceptual removal of one hydrogen atom from a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic ring system containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, or S. Examples of heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, benzimidazolyl, indolyl, and purinyl. Heteraryl substituents can be attached at a carbon atom or through the heteroatom.
The term "triorganosilyl" means those silyl groups trisubstituted by lower alkyl groups or aryl groups or combinations thereof and wherein one substituent may be a lower alkoxy group. Examples of triorganosilyl groups include trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl, triphenylsilyl, dimethylphenylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl, phenyl-t-butylmethoxysilyl and the like.
In the compounds of the present invention, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclical and heteroaryl groups can be further substituted by replacing one or more hydrogen atoms be alternative non-hydrogen groups. These include, but are not limited to, halo, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxy, cyano and carbamoyl.
Whenever the term "alkyl" or "aryl" or either of their prefix roots appear in a name of a substituent (e.g., aryl CO_g alkyl) it shall be interpreted as including those limitations given above for "alkyl" and "aryl." Designated numbers of carbon atoms (e.g., C1-10) shall refer independently to the number of carbon atoms in an alkyl or cyclic alkyl moiety or to the alkyl portion of a larger substituent in which alkyl appears as its prefix root.
The terms "arylalkyl" and "alkylaryl" include an alkyl portion where alkyl is as defined above and to include an aryl portion where aryl is as defined above.
Examples of arylalkyl include, but are not limited to, benzyl, fluorobenzyl, chlorobenzyl, phenylethyl, phenylpropyl, fluorophenylethyl, chlorophenylethyl, thienylmethyl, thienylethyl, and thienylpropyl. Examples of alkylaryl include, but are not limited to, toluyl, ethylphenyl, and propylphenyl.
The term "heteroarylalkyl," as used herein, shall refer to a system that includes a heteroaryl portion, where heteroaryl is as defined above, and contains an alkyl portion. Examples of heteroarylalkyl include, but are limited to, pyridylmethyl, pyridylethyl and imidazoylmethyl.
The term "halo" shall include iodo, bromo, chloro and fluoro.
The term "oxy" means an oxygen (O) atom. The term "thio" means a sulfur (S) atom. The term "oxo" means =O. The term "oximino" means the =N-O
group.
The term "substituted" shall be deemed to include multiple degrees of substitution by a named substitutent. Where multiple substituent moieties are disclosed or claimed, the substituted compound can be independently substituted by one or more of the disclosed or claimed substituent moieties, singly or plurally. By independently substituted, it is meant that the (two or more) substituents can be the same or different.
Under standard nonmenclature used throughout this disclosure, the terminal portion of the designated side chain is described first, followed by the adjacent functionality toward the point of attachment. For example, a C1-5 alkylcarbonylamino C1_6 alkyl substituent is equivalent to O
- C 1-~allcyl-NH-C-Cl-5alkyl In choosing compounds of the present invention, one of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that the various substituents, i.e. R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R~, Q, X, Y, Z, n and m are to be chosen in conformity with well-known principles of chemical structure connectivity.
Representative compounds of the present invention typically display submicromolar affinity for alpha andlor beta estrogen receptors. Compounds of this invention are therefore useful in treating mammals suffering from disorders related to estrogen functioning. Pharmacologically effective amounts of the compound, including the pharmaceutically effective salts thereof, are administered to the mammal, to treat disorders related to estrogen functioning, such as bone loss, hot flashes and cardiovascular disease.
The compounds of the present invention are available in racemic form or as individual enantiomers. For convenience, some structures are graphically represented as a single enantiomer but, unless otherwise indicated, is meant to include both racemic and enantiomeric forms. Where cis and trafis sterochemistry is indicated for a compound of the present invention, it should be noted that the stereochemistry can be construed as relative, unless indicated otherwise..
R2 \ Y R5 R3 I ~ \
1~ X
R4 / O~~CH2)nN~Z)2 It is generally preferable to administer compounds of structure (I) as enantiomerically pure formulations since most or all of the desired bioactivity resides with a single enantiomer. Racemic mixtures can be separated into their individual enantiomers by any of a number of conventional methods. These include chiral chromatography, derivatization with a chiral auxiliary followed by separation by chromatography or crystallization, and fractional crystallization of diastereomeric salts.
The compounds of the present invention can be used in combination with other agents useful for treating estrogen-mediated conditions. The individual components of such combinations can be administered separately at different times during the course of therapy or concurrently in divided or single combination forms.
The instant invention is therefore to be understood as embracing all such regimes of simultaneous or alternating treatment and the term "administering" is to be interpreted accordingly. It will be understood that the scope of combinations of the compounds of this invention with other agents useful for treating estrogen-mediated conditions includes in principle any combination with any pharmaceutical composition useful for treating disorders related to estrogen functioning.
As used herein, the term "composition" is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
The compounds of the present invention can be administered in such oral dosage forms as tablets, capsules (each of which includes sustained xelease or timed release formulations), pills, powders, granules, elixers, tinctures, suspensions, syntps and emulsions. Likewise, they may also be administered in intravenous (bolus or infusion), intraperitoneal, topical (e.g., ocular eyedrop), subcutaneous, intramuscular or transdermal (e.g., patch) form, all using forms well known to those of ordinary skill in the pharmaceutical arts.
The dosage regimen utilizing the compounds of the present invention is selected in accordance with a variety of factors including type, species, age, weight, sex and medical condition of the patient; the severity of the condition to be treated;
the route of administration; the renal and hepatic function of the patient;
and the particular compound or salt thereof employed. An ordinarily skilled physician, veterinarian or clinician can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the drug required to prevent, counter or arrest the progress of the condition.
Oral dosages of the present invention, when used for the indicated effects, will range between about 0.01 mg per kg of body weight per day (mg/kg/day) to about 100 mg/kglday, preferably 0.01 to 10 mg/kglday, and most preferably 0.1 to 5.0 mg/lcg/day. For oral administration, the compositions are preferably provided in the form of tablets containing 0.01, 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 2.5, 5.0, 10.0, 15.0, 25.0, 50.0, 100 and 500 milligrams of the active ingredient for the symptomatic adjustment of the dosage to the patient to be treated. A medicament typically contains from about 0.01 mg to about 500 mg of the active ingredient, preferably, from about 1 mg to about 100 mg of active ingredient. Intravenously, the most preferred doses will range from about 0.1 to about 10 mg/kg/minute during a constant rate infusion.
Advantageously, compounds of the present invention may be administered in a single daily dose, or the total daily dosage may be administered in divided doses of two, three or four times daily. Furthermore, preferred compounds for the present invention can be administered in intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles, or via transdermal routes, using those forms of transdermal skin patches well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. To be administered in the form of a transdermal delivery system, the dosage administration will, of course, be continuous rather than intermittant throughout the dosage regimen.
In the methods of the present invention, the compounds herein described in detail can form the active ingredient, and are typically administered in admixture with suitable pharmaceutical diluents, excipients or carriers (collectively referred to herein as 'carrier' materials) suitably selected with respect to the intended form of administration, that is, oral tablets, capsules, elixirs, syrups and the like, and consistent with conventional pharmaceutical practices.
For instance, for oral administration in the form of a tablet or capsule, the active drug component can be combined with an oral, non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable, inert carrier such as lactose, starch, sucrose, glucose, methyl cellulose, magnesium stearate, dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, mannitol, sorbitol and the like; for oral administration in liquid form, the oral drug components can be combined with any oral, non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable inert carrier such as ethanol, glycerol, water and the like. Moreover, when desired or necessary, suitable binders, lubricants, disintegrating agents and coloring agents can also be incorporated into the mixture. Suitable binders include starch,.gelatin, natural sugars such as glucose or beta-lactose, corn sweeteners, natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, tragacanth or sodium alginate, carboxymethylcellulose, polyethylene glycol, waxes and the like.
Lubricants used in these dosage forms include sodium oleate, sodium stearate, magnesium stearate, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride and the like.
Disintegrators include, without limitation, starch, methyl cellulose, agar, bentonite, xanthan gum and the like.
The compounds of the present invention can also be administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles and multilamellar vesicles. Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine or phosphatidylcholines.
Compounds of the present invention may also be delivered by the use of monoclonal antibodies as individual carriers to which the compound molecules are coupled. The compounds of the present invention may also be coupled with soluble polymers as targetable drug carriers. Such polymers can include polyvinylpyrrolidone, pyran copolymer, polyhydroxypropylmethacrylamide-phenol, polyhydroxy-ethylaspartamide-phenol, or polyethyleneoxide-polylysine substituted with palmitoyl residues. Furthermore, the compounds of the present invention may be coupled to a class of biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of . a drug, for example, polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, copolymers of polyactic and polyglycolic acid, polyepsilon caprolactone, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates and crosslinked or amphipathic block copolymers of hydrogels.
The novel compounds of the present invention can be prepared according to the procedure of the following schemes and examples, using appropriate materials and are further exemplified by the following specific examples. The compounds illustrated in the examples are not, however, to be construed as forming the only genus that is considered as the invention. The following examples further illustrate details for the preparation of the compounds of the present invention. Those skilled in the art will readily understand that known variations of the conditions and processes of the following preparative procedures can be used to prepare these compounds. All temperatures are degrees Celsius unless otherwise noted.
The compounds of the present invention are prepared according to the following generic Scheme I:
SCHEME I. GENERAL SYNTHESIS FOR
ClS-DIHYDROBENZOXATHIINS AND BENZODIOXANES
R2 \ YH Br R5 Base / O \
R ~ ~XH
R4 / ORs R3 ~ ~ Y R5 R2 \ Y
Reductive R2 R1 O \ Cyclization R3 / X
R' Deprotection R ~ \ Y Mitsunobu Reaction R3 / )( \ HO(CH2)nN~z)2 R4 ~ /
OH
VI
R \ Y R Deprotection ofOR6 (if necessary) R ~ ~X \
R4 I / i(CH2)nN~Z)2 O
In words relative to the scheme, an appropriately functionalized bis-phenol II (X=O, Y=O),. which are readily available, or a mercapto-phenol II
(X=O, Y=S), which are prepared according to literature procedures, was reacted with a bromo-ketone derivative III, which was readily prepared from the corresponding ketone by bromination with phenyltrimethylammonium tribromide (PTAB), in the presence of a tertiary amine base, such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, or the like, in a solvent such as dimethylformamide (DMF), formamide, acetonitrile, dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), tetrahydrofuran (THF), dichloromethane, or the like, at a temperature of from -20oC to 80oC for as long as it takes for the reaction to complete to provide the displacement product IV. When X=Y=O, only R3 maybe -OR6.
Alternatively, when X=Y=O and R2 is -OR6, the requisite cyclization intermediate is obtained by interchangement of the ketone and bromide functionalities. These stipulations are required to allow for the preparation of these compounds of the invention where the presence of certain substituents will alter the reactivity of the phenolic oxygen atoms.
Intermediate IV was reductively cyclized in the presence of an organic acid such as trifluoroacetic acid, triflic acid, or the like, or a Lewis acid such as boron trifluoride etherate, stannous chloride, or the like, and a reducing agent such as a trisubstituted silane, such triethylsilane, or the like, in a solvent such as dichloromethane, chloroform, THF, toluene, or the like at a temperature of from -40oC to 100oC for as long as it takes for the reaction to complete to provide the cyclized product V, in which the stereochemistry of the aryl substituent and R5 in the newly created ring is exclusively cis. The formation of the intermediates with analogous trc~fzs stereochemistry is depicted in the next general Scheme II.
In product V, when R6 is a protecting group it is then removed in a manner consistent with its nature. Such methods are well documented in the literature which are incorporated in standard textbooks, such as Greene, T.W. and Wuts, P.G.M., Protective Groups in Or.a~ nic S. nthesis, Third Ed.,Wiley, New York (1999).
Further, it is understood that it is possible to have any number of the substitutents 81-R4 be or contain-OR6, or R5 may contain-OR6, where R6 is a protecting group, and it is further understood that in these instances the protecting groups are chemically differentiable, ie., they maybe selectively removed when necessary. For example in product V, R6 is a methoxymethyl (MOM) group, R2 is -OR6, wherein R6 is a benzyl (Bn) group, R5 is a phenyl ring substituted by R~ where R~ is OR6, wherein R6 is a triisopropylsilyl (TIPS) group, and all unspecified substitutents are hydrogen.
As indicated, as part of the synthetic sequence it is necessary to selectively remove the MOM group in preference to either the TIPS or Bz groups. Utilizing methods found in Green and Wuts, it is possible to generate the preferred intermediate V, wherein R6 is H, R2 is -OBn, RS is para-OTIPS-phenyl, and all unspecified substitutents are hydrogen. It is also noted that in product V, that when either R2 or R3 is ORS, R6 must be a protecting group, and that prior to its removal, the existing -ORS
group must be covered by a differentiable protecting group.
The alcohol intermediate VI was then reacted with a reagent HO(CH2)nNZ2 in a Mitsunobu reaction protocol, in which they are combined with a trisubstituted phosphine, such as triphenylphosphine and a diazodicarboxylate, such as diisopropylazodicarboxylate, in a suitable solvent such as THF at from OoC to 80oC
for as long as it takes for the reaction to complete to provide the coupled product I.
The variables for the Mitsunobu reaction have been well documented and are incorporated herein by reference: Mitsunobu, O. Synthesis, 1981, 1; Castro, B.R. Org.
React. 1983, 29, 1; Hughes, D.L. Org. React. 1992, 42, 335.
Finally, after the Mitsunobu reaction, it is understood that in I if any R
group is or contains -OR6, wherein R6 is a protecting group, it was removed utilizing the appropriate method found in Green and Wuts to give the final product where R6 is H.
SCHEME II. GENERAL SYNTHESIS FOR
TRANS-DIHYDROBENZOXATHIINS AND BEN~ODIOXANES
R Y R Reduction / \ C clization Y
R1 O I \ R2 R1 O \
ORs H ( ~ s IV VII OR
\ Deprotection R3 4 X .~'~~ ~ \ R3 4 X .,~n \
R ~ ORs R ~ OH
VIII
IX
.Mitsunobu Reaction R \ Y R Deprotection of ORs HO(CH2)nN(Z)2 s I ~ w.~, \ (if necessary) R X
R4 I / ~(CH2)nN(Z)2 O
I
In words relative to the above scheme for the general preparation of the traps. isomers of I, the ketone intermediate-IV from Scheme I was reduced with sodium borohydride, super hydride, or the like, in a mixture of methanol and dichloromethane, or THF or the like at from OoC to ambient temperature for from a few minutes to a few hours to provide the analogous hydroxyl intermediate VII.
Cyclization of intermediate VII was accomplished in the presence of an acid catalyst such as,amberlyst 15, or triflic acid or the like, in a solvent such toluene, or dichloromethane or the like, at a temperature of from ambient to reflux to afford the traps compound VIII as the major isomer.
The remainder of the synthetic sequence to produce traps I is identical to that outlined in Scheme I and detailed above.
The compounds of the invention where X=O and Y=SO or SO~ are prepared as outlined in the specific schemes that follow.
SCHEME III. GENERAL SYNTHESIS FOR
DIHYDROBENZOXATHIIN DIOXIDES
R2 \ S R5 R ~ ~O
R4 ~ / i (CH2)nN(Z)2 O
R' Peroxidation RV
O~ (CH2)nN(z)2 X OO
Selective Deoxygenation R' R' (CH2)nN(Z)2 R1.~, n In words relative to Scheme III, the compounds I of the invention are peroxidized with an oxidant such as na-chloroperbenzoic acid, or per-trifluoroacetic acid, or the like, in a solvent such dichloromethane or the like, at a temperature of from O~C to reflex to produce the trioxide intermediate X. In turn X was selectively deoxygenated at the nitrogen atom by treatment with a reducing agent such as sodium bisulfite or the like in a biphasic medium such as ethyl acetate and water, or the like, to provide I.
In the compounds of the present invention, X is preferably O, and Y is preferably S.
In the compounds of the present invention, R1 ,R2 ,R3 and R4 are preferably selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, C3-g cycloalkyl, C1_5 alkenyl, C1_5 alkynyl, -OR6 and halogen.
In the compounds of the present invention, RS is preferably selected from the group consisting of C3-g cycloalkyl, phenyl, and substituted phenyl.
In the compounds of the present invention, R6 is preferably selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, benzyl, methoxymethyl and trisopropylsilyl.
In the compounds of the present invention, a preferred subset is found where R1 and R4 are hydrogen, R2 and R3 are independently -OH, and R~ is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl and substituted phenyl.
In the compounds of the present invention, another preferred subset zs found where R1 is independently selected fluorine and chlorine, R4 is hydrogen, R2 and R3 are independently -OH, and R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl and substituted phenyl.
In the compounds of the present invention, the most preferred subset is found where R1 and R4 are hydrogen and, R2 is -OH, and RS is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl and parcc-hydroxy-phenyl.
SCHEME IV. GENERAL SYNTHESIS FOR DIHYDROBENZOXATHIIN
OXIDES
Ri . R~ O
R2 S R5 R2 \ S Rs Mono-oxidation Rs / O \ _R3 / O \
R4 ~ / 6 R4 ~ / 6 OR OR
V XI
R' Ry ~CH2)nN~Z)2 In words relevant to Scheme IV, the intermediate V of Scheme I was mono-oxidized by careful treatment with one equivalent or a slight excess of an oxidant such as m-chloroperbenzoic acid, or dimethyldioxirane, or the like, in a solvent such as dichloromethane, ether, acetone, or the like, at a temperature of from -78oC to ambient temperature for from a few minutes to a few hours to give the corresponding sulfoxide intermediate XI. The remainder of the synthetic sequence to produce I is identical to that outlined in Scheme I and detailed above.
In the compounds of the present invention, X is preferably O, and Y is preferably S. .
In the compounds of the present invention, R1 ,R~ ,R3 and R4 are preferably selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, C3_g cycloallcyl, C1_5 alkenyl, C1_5 alkynyl, -OR6 and halogen.
In the compounds of the present invention, R5 is preferably selected from the group consisting of C3_g cycloalkyl, phenyl, and substituted phenyl.
In the compounds of the present invention, R6 is preferably selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1_5 alkyl, benzyl, methoxymethyl and trisopropylsilyl.
In the compounds of the present invention, a preferred subset is found where R 1 and R4 are hydrogen, R2 and R3 are independently -OH, and R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl and substituted phenyl.
In the compounds of the present invention, another preferred subset is found where R1 is independently selected fluorine and chlorine, R4 is hydrogen, R2 and R3 are independently -OH, and R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl and substituted phenyl.
In the compounds of the present invention, the most preferred subset is found where R1 and R4 are hydrogen and, R2 is -OH, and R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, meta-hydroxy-phenyl, and para-hydroxy-phenyl.
GENERAL PREPARATION OF THIOPHENOLS
CuS04, NH4SCN
S
\ / I ~O
HO ~ ~OH HO ~ O
R1 R~
Protection / S 1. NaOH / SH
O
2. H+ \ I OH
PO ~ PO
The functionalized thiophenols were prepared by the known procedure, with minor modification, which is depicted in above scheme: Wermer, G.; Biebrich, W. US
Patent 2,276,553 and 2,332,418.
O OH
Thiolirea / S NH2C1~ / O
Heat \ I O
HCl \ NH2 HO S
I
O OH
PhCH2Br / I _ / OH
Base O 1. NaOH
Bn0 \ S 2. H+ Bn0 \ SH
to The thiophenol depicted above was prepared according to the following references:
Maxwell, S. J. Am. Claem. Soc. 1947, 69, 712; Hanzlik, R. P, et. al. J. Org.
Claenz.
1990, 55, 2736.
O s ~
Me0 To a stirred solution of anisole (1.49 g, 13.8 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (5 mL) was added A1C13 (1.2320 g, 9.2 mmol) followed by dropwise addition of 2-thiophene acetyl chloride (0.57 mL, 4.6 mmol) at 0 °C under NZ. The reaction was stirred for 1.5 h, then poured into a separatory funnel containing ice/brine/EtOAc.
The organic layer was washed further with brine, dried over Na2S04, and concentrated ire veccuo. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel chromatography with 30%
EtOAc/hexane as the eluant to afford the desired product as a yellow oil. 1H
500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(~): 3.89 (s, 3H), 4.46 (s, 2H), 6.98 (m, 4H), 7.24 (d, 1H), and 8.05 (d, 2H).
O s HO
A mixture of the 2-thophene-4-methoxy-benzophenone (0.8294 g, 3.5 mmol), generated in Example 2, and pyridine-HCl (4.0627 g, 35.2 mmol) was heated to °C under NZ for 6 h. The reaction was monitored by examining worked-up aliquots of the reaction by TLC (30°Io EtOAc/hexane). The reaction was cooled in an ice bath and ice/H20 was added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The organic extract was washed with 2 N HCl and brine, dried over NaZS04, and concentrated in vczcuo. The resulting brown residue was purified by silica gel chromatography with 30°Io EtOAc/hexane as the eluant to afford the desired product as a yellow/orange solid. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8): 4.43 (s, 2H), 5.60 (bs, 1H), 6.90 (d, 2H), 6.92 (m, 1 H), 6.97 (m, 1H), 7.22 (d, 1 H) and 8.00 (d, 2H).
BENZOPHENONES
O
/ ~ a ~/
HO
To a stirred solution of the 2-cycloalkyl-1-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-ethanone [prepared according to the method of Barrio, etc~l, J. Med. Chem.,1971, 14, 898] in dry methylene chloride at 0°C was added 3.6 equivalents of aluminum chloride and 3.0 equivalents of isopropyl mercaptan. The ice-water bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred further overnight under an inert atmosphere of nitrogen.
The reaction mixture was poured onto a mixture of 2N HCl/ice and extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate extract was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated. Purification by silica gel chromatography afforded the coiTesponding 2-cycloalkyl-1-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-ethanone.
Utilizing the foregoing experimental procedure the following compounds were prepared:
2-cyclohexyl-1-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-ethanone: 70% yield using methylene chloride-ethyl acetate(50:1) as the chromatography eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCI;) ppm(~):1-2.0 (m, 11H), 2.96 (d, 1H), 5.6 (bs, 1H), 6.92 (d, 2H), and 7.95 (d, 2H).
2-cyclopentyl-1-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-ethanone: 74°7o yield using methylene chloride-ethyl acetate(50:1) as the chromatography eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.2-1.92 (m, 10H), 2.4 (m, 1H), 2.96 (d, 1H), 5.6 (bs, 1H), 6.91 (d, 2H), and
7.95 (d, 2H).
O
~ w HO \
To a mixture of isovaleric acid (1.4 mL,13.0 mmol) and phenol (1.0253 g, 10.9 mmol) was added BF30Et2 (15 mL) under nitrogen. The resulting mixture was heated to °C for approximately 3.5 h. The reaction was poured into ice/2 N HCl and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extract was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, and concentrated in vacuo to give a yellow residue. The final product was isolated as a pale yellow oil after silica gel chromatography with 30°Io EtOAc/hexane as the eluant.
Upon standing at ambient temperature, the oil solidified to give a white solid. 1H
500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(S):1.01 (d, 6H), 2.27 (m, 1H), 2.81 (d, 2H), 6.99 (d, 2H), 7.93 (d, 2H).
O ~ ~ N-HO
A dried flask equipped with a stirrer bar was charged with a 2.5 M solution of nBuLi in hexane (18 mL, 45.0 mmol) and cooled to 0°C under N2. A solution of diisopropylamine (6.4 mL, 45.7 mmol) in distilled THF (20 mL) was added slowly.
After stirring for 25 min., a solution of 4-picoline (2.0 mL, 21:4 mmol) in distilled THF (8 mL) was added to the reaction. The resulting red solution was stirred for 25 min. before removing the ice bath. A solution of cyanophenol (2.5670 g, 21.4 mmol) in distilled THF (20 mL) was added via a dropping funnel over 30 min. Upon addition of the phenol, the reaction became a thick slurry with oiling out of a red/brown tar. Further addition of THF did not alleviate the difficulty in stirring. The reaction stood at ambient temperature for 16 h, and was poured into a mixture of ice/sat. NHdCI/EtOAc. The intermediate enamine precipitated from the mixture as an insoluble yellow solid and was collected by vacuum filtration. The solid was redissolved in 2 N HCI. The EtOAc layer from the filtrate was also collected and extracted with 2 N HCl/ice. The acidic aqueous extract was combined with the enamine solution in 2 N HCl and stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h. The acidic solution was washed with EtOAc, cooled to 0°C, and neutralized to pH7 with sat.
NaHC03. The desired product precipitated from the solution as a yellow solid and was collected, washed with cold water, and dried ifa vacuo. 1H 500MHz NMR(d-acetone) ppm(8): 4.37 (s, 2H), 6.97 (d, 2H), 7.31 (d, 2H), 8.01 (d, 2H), 8.52 (bs, 2H).
O
\ N
HO
Following the procedure outlined in Example 6 with the exception that 1 equivalent of HMPA in THF was added to the reaction following addition of diisopropylamine, the 3-pyridyl-4-hydroxy-benzophenone was prepared from 3-picoline. The work-up differed slightly in that hydrolysis with 2 N HCl was unnecessary. Instead, the reaction was simply partitioned between ice/sat. NH4C1 and EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was triturated with CH2Cla and EtOAc to give the desired product as an orange solid. 1H 500MHz NMR(d-acetone) ppm(8): 4.39 (s, 2H), 6.97 (d, 2H), 7.31 (m, 1H), 7.68 (m, 1 H), 8.01 (d, 2H), 8.43 (m, 1H), 8.52 (m, 1H).
GENERAL PREPARATION OF CYCLOALI~YL-4-TRIISOPROPYLSILYLOXY-BENZOPHENONES
O
~U
TIPSO \
To a stirred solution of the 2-cycloallcyl-1-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-ethanone, prepared in Example 4, in dry DMF at 0°C was added 1.3 equivalents of diisopropylethylamine and 1.2 equivalents of triisopropylchlorosilane(TIPSCI). The ice-water bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred further until tlc showed the reaction to be complete (1-3 hours) under an inert atmosphere of nitrogen. The reaction mixture was partitioned between etherl2N HCllice and the organic phase was separated, washed twice with water, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated. Purification by silica gel chromatography afforded the corresponding 2-cycloalkyl-1-(4-triisopropyloxy-phenyl)-ethanone.
Utilizing the foregoing experimental procedure the following compounds were prepared:
2-cyclohexyl-1-(4-triisopropylsilyloxy-phenyl)-ethanone: use methylene chloride-hexanes(1:1) as the chromatography eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8):1.13 (d, 18H), 1-1.99 (m, 14H), 2.78 (d, 1H), 6.91 (d, 2H), and 7.89 (d, 2H).
2-cyclopentyl-1-(4-triisopropylsilyloxy-phenyl)-ethanone: use methylene chloride-hexanes(l:l) as the chromatography eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8):1.12 (d, 18H), 1.2-1.91 (m, 13H), 2.4 (m, 1H), 2.95 (d, 1H), G.92 (d, 2H), and 7.9 (d, 2H).
BENZOPHENONES
O
R
TIPSO
To a solution of the 2-alkyl-1-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-ethanone, prepared in Examples 3, 6, and 7, in distilled THF was added 1.3 equivalents of 60°lo NaH in mineral oil at 0 °C under N2. After the gas evolution ceased, 1.1 equivalents of was added dropwise and the resulting solution stirred for 30 min. The reaction was partitioned between icelwater and EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, and concentrated if2 uacuo. Purification by silica gel chromatography afforded the corresponding 2-alkyl-1-(4-triisopropylsilyloxy-phenyl)-ethanones.
Utilizing the foregoing experimental procedure the following compounds were prepared:
2-(2-thiophene)-1-(4-triisopropylsilyloxy-phenyl)-ethanone: isolated as an orange/yellow solid using 15°Io EtOAc/hexane as the chromatography eluant. 1H
500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8):1.14 (d, 18H), 1.30 (m, 3H), 4.42 (s, 2H), and 6.93-7.98 (m, 7 H).
2-(4-pyridyl)-1-(4-triisopropylsilyloxy-phenyl)-ethanone: isolated as a yellow solid using 40% EtOAc/hexane as the chromatography eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.14 (d, 18H), 1.30 (m, 3H), 4.28 (s, 2H), 6.97 (d, 2H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.69 (m, 1H), 7.97 (d, 2H), and 8.56 (bs, 2H).
2-(3-pyridyl)-1-(4-triisopropylsilyloxy-phenyl)-ethanone: isolated as a yellow solid using 40% EtOAc/hexane as the chromatography eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(&):1.14 (d, 18H), 1.20 (m, 3H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 7.10 (d, 2H), 7.82 (d, 2H), and 8.43 (d, 2H).
TRIISOPROPYLSILYLOXY-BENZOPHENONES
O
R
TIPSO \ I Bp To a stirred solution of the 2-alkyl- and 2-cycloalkyl-1-(4-triisopropylsilyloxy-phenyl)-ethanones, prepared in Examples 8 and 9, in dry THF at 0°C was added 1.0 equivalent of trimethylammoniumphenyl perbromide. The ice-water bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred further for 1 hour under an inert atmosphere of nitrogen. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate/brine/ice/5%sodium thiosulfate/sodium bicarbonate and the organic phase was separated, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated. Purification by silica gel chromatography afforded the corresponding 2-cycloalkyl-2-bromo-1-(4-triisopropylsilyloxy-phenyl)-ethanone.
Utilizing the foregoing experimental procedure the following compounds were prepared:
2-cyclohexyl-2-bromo-1-(4-triisopropylsilyloxy-phenyl)-ethanone: use methylene chloride-hexanes(1:1) as the chromatography eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8): 1.14 (d, 18H), 0.98-2.27 (m, 15H), 4.91 (d, 1H), 6.94 (d, 2H), and 7.94 (d, 2H).
2-cyclopentyl-2-bromo-1-(4-triisopropylsilyloxy-phenyl)-ethanone: use methylene chloride-hexanes(1:1) as the chromatography eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.13 (d, 18H), 1.1-2.2 (m, 11H), 2.8 (m, 1H), 4.98 (d, 1H), 6.94 (d, 2H), and 7.96 (d, 2H).
2-(2-thiophene)-2-bromo-1-(4-triisopropylsilyloxy-phenyl)-ethanone: stirred at 0 °C
for 40 min.; isolated as a dark brown oil and used in the next reaction without purification.
1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.13 (d, 18H), 1.30 (m, 3H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 6.97 (d, 2H), 7.00 (m, 1H ), 7.30 (m, 1H), 7.49 (d, 1H), and 8.00 (d, 2H).
2-(4-pyridyl)-2-bromo-1-(4-triisopropylsilyloxy-phenyl)-ethanone: added 2 equivalents of trimethylammoniumphenyl perbromide and stirred at 0 °C
for 1 h;
isolated as an orange/yellow oil and used in the next reaction without purification. 1H
500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.03 (d, 18H), 1.21 (m, 3H), 6.21 (s, 1H), 6.98 (d, 2H), 7.40 (d, 2H), 7.90 (d, 2H), and 8.57 (d, 2H).
2-(3-pyridyl)-2-bromo-1-(4-triisopropylsilyloxy-phenyl)-ethanone: added 2 equivalents of trimethylammoniumphenyl perbromide and stirred at 0 °C
for 3 h;
isolated as an orange/yellow oil and used in the next reaction without purification. 1H
500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.13 (d, 18H), 1.30 (m, 3H), 6.30 (s, 1H), 6.98 (d, 2H), and 7.39-8.75 (m, 6H).
PREPARATION OF 2-ISOPROPYL-2-BROMO-1-(4-HYDROXYPHENYL)-ETHANONE
O
i HO ~ I Br i0 Following the procedure outlined in Example 10 and using the product obtained from Example 5, 2,-isopropyl-2-bromo-1-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-ethanone was isolated as a yellow oil and used in the next reaction without purification. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8): 1.01 (d, 3H), 1.21 (d, 3H), 2.46 (m, 1H), 4.93 (d, 1H), 6.96 (d, 2H), and 7.96 (d, 2H).
GENERAL PREPARATION OF BROMOKETONES
IPS
R=H or MOM
Step A
To a stirred solution of 3.0g (13.2mmole) of dry desoxybenzoin (freshly azeotroped with toluene) in 25mL of DMF at 0°C was added 5.7mL (5.7mmole) of neat diisopropylethylamine. To this stirred solution was added slowly 1.25mL (19.73 mmole) of chloromethylmethylether (MOMCI). The ice-water bath was removed and the mixture was stirred further under an atmosphere of nitrogen for 18 hours.
The mixture was then poured into a saturated NaHCO3 solution, extracted with EtOAc, and the extract washed with water, and dried over anhydrous MgS04. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/Hexane =1:1) to provide the product, as a solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) ~ (ppm): 8.0 (d, 2H), 7.19(d, 2H), 7.10 (d, 2H), 6.8 (d, 2H), 5.23 (s, 2H), 4.8 (s, 1H), 4.2 (s, 2H), 3.5 (s, 3H).
Step B
To a stirred solution of the product obtained from Step A (423mg, 1.55mmole) and imidazole (211mg, 3.lmmole) in 20mL of dry DMF at 0°C was added triisopropylsilyl chloride (3.lmmole) and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred further for 2-3 hours. The reaction was quenched by the addition of aqueous NaHC03 solution and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried with MgSOø. Chromatography (10%
EtOAc/hexane) yielded the desired product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm):
O
~ w HO \
To a mixture of isovaleric acid (1.4 mL,13.0 mmol) and phenol (1.0253 g, 10.9 mmol) was added BF30Et2 (15 mL) under nitrogen. The resulting mixture was heated to °C for approximately 3.5 h. The reaction was poured into ice/2 N HCl and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extract was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, and concentrated in vacuo to give a yellow residue. The final product was isolated as a pale yellow oil after silica gel chromatography with 30°Io EtOAc/hexane as the eluant.
Upon standing at ambient temperature, the oil solidified to give a white solid. 1H
500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(S):1.01 (d, 6H), 2.27 (m, 1H), 2.81 (d, 2H), 6.99 (d, 2H), 7.93 (d, 2H).
O ~ ~ N-HO
A dried flask equipped with a stirrer bar was charged with a 2.5 M solution of nBuLi in hexane (18 mL, 45.0 mmol) and cooled to 0°C under N2. A solution of diisopropylamine (6.4 mL, 45.7 mmol) in distilled THF (20 mL) was added slowly.
After stirring for 25 min., a solution of 4-picoline (2.0 mL, 21:4 mmol) in distilled THF (8 mL) was added to the reaction. The resulting red solution was stirred for 25 min. before removing the ice bath. A solution of cyanophenol (2.5670 g, 21.4 mmol) in distilled THF (20 mL) was added via a dropping funnel over 30 min. Upon addition of the phenol, the reaction became a thick slurry with oiling out of a red/brown tar. Further addition of THF did not alleviate the difficulty in stirring. The reaction stood at ambient temperature for 16 h, and was poured into a mixture of ice/sat. NHdCI/EtOAc. The intermediate enamine precipitated from the mixture as an insoluble yellow solid and was collected by vacuum filtration. The solid was redissolved in 2 N HCI. The EtOAc layer from the filtrate was also collected and extracted with 2 N HCl/ice. The acidic aqueous extract was combined with the enamine solution in 2 N HCl and stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h. The acidic solution was washed with EtOAc, cooled to 0°C, and neutralized to pH7 with sat.
NaHC03. The desired product precipitated from the solution as a yellow solid and was collected, washed with cold water, and dried ifa vacuo. 1H 500MHz NMR(d-acetone) ppm(8): 4.37 (s, 2H), 6.97 (d, 2H), 7.31 (d, 2H), 8.01 (d, 2H), 8.52 (bs, 2H).
O
\ N
HO
Following the procedure outlined in Example 6 with the exception that 1 equivalent of HMPA in THF was added to the reaction following addition of diisopropylamine, the 3-pyridyl-4-hydroxy-benzophenone was prepared from 3-picoline. The work-up differed slightly in that hydrolysis with 2 N HCl was unnecessary. Instead, the reaction was simply partitioned between ice/sat. NH4C1 and EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was triturated with CH2Cla and EtOAc to give the desired product as an orange solid. 1H 500MHz NMR(d-acetone) ppm(8): 4.39 (s, 2H), 6.97 (d, 2H), 7.31 (m, 1H), 7.68 (m, 1 H), 8.01 (d, 2H), 8.43 (m, 1H), 8.52 (m, 1H).
GENERAL PREPARATION OF CYCLOALI~YL-4-TRIISOPROPYLSILYLOXY-BENZOPHENONES
O
~U
TIPSO \
To a stirred solution of the 2-cycloallcyl-1-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-ethanone, prepared in Example 4, in dry DMF at 0°C was added 1.3 equivalents of diisopropylethylamine and 1.2 equivalents of triisopropylchlorosilane(TIPSCI). The ice-water bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred further until tlc showed the reaction to be complete (1-3 hours) under an inert atmosphere of nitrogen. The reaction mixture was partitioned between etherl2N HCllice and the organic phase was separated, washed twice with water, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated. Purification by silica gel chromatography afforded the corresponding 2-cycloalkyl-1-(4-triisopropyloxy-phenyl)-ethanone.
Utilizing the foregoing experimental procedure the following compounds were prepared:
2-cyclohexyl-1-(4-triisopropylsilyloxy-phenyl)-ethanone: use methylene chloride-hexanes(1:1) as the chromatography eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8):1.13 (d, 18H), 1-1.99 (m, 14H), 2.78 (d, 1H), 6.91 (d, 2H), and 7.89 (d, 2H).
2-cyclopentyl-1-(4-triisopropylsilyloxy-phenyl)-ethanone: use methylene chloride-hexanes(l:l) as the chromatography eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8):1.12 (d, 18H), 1.2-1.91 (m, 13H), 2.4 (m, 1H), 2.95 (d, 1H), G.92 (d, 2H), and 7.9 (d, 2H).
BENZOPHENONES
O
R
TIPSO
To a solution of the 2-alkyl-1-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-ethanone, prepared in Examples 3, 6, and 7, in distilled THF was added 1.3 equivalents of 60°lo NaH in mineral oil at 0 °C under N2. After the gas evolution ceased, 1.1 equivalents of was added dropwise and the resulting solution stirred for 30 min. The reaction was partitioned between icelwater and EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, and concentrated if2 uacuo. Purification by silica gel chromatography afforded the corresponding 2-alkyl-1-(4-triisopropylsilyloxy-phenyl)-ethanones.
Utilizing the foregoing experimental procedure the following compounds were prepared:
2-(2-thiophene)-1-(4-triisopropylsilyloxy-phenyl)-ethanone: isolated as an orange/yellow solid using 15°Io EtOAc/hexane as the chromatography eluant. 1H
500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8):1.14 (d, 18H), 1.30 (m, 3H), 4.42 (s, 2H), and 6.93-7.98 (m, 7 H).
2-(4-pyridyl)-1-(4-triisopropylsilyloxy-phenyl)-ethanone: isolated as a yellow solid using 40% EtOAc/hexane as the chromatography eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.14 (d, 18H), 1.30 (m, 3H), 4.28 (s, 2H), 6.97 (d, 2H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.69 (m, 1H), 7.97 (d, 2H), and 8.56 (bs, 2H).
2-(3-pyridyl)-1-(4-triisopropylsilyloxy-phenyl)-ethanone: isolated as a yellow solid using 40% EtOAc/hexane as the chromatography eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(&):1.14 (d, 18H), 1.20 (m, 3H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 7.10 (d, 2H), 7.82 (d, 2H), and 8.43 (d, 2H).
TRIISOPROPYLSILYLOXY-BENZOPHENONES
O
R
TIPSO \ I Bp To a stirred solution of the 2-alkyl- and 2-cycloalkyl-1-(4-triisopropylsilyloxy-phenyl)-ethanones, prepared in Examples 8 and 9, in dry THF at 0°C was added 1.0 equivalent of trimethylammoniumphenyl perbromide. The ice-water bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred further for 1 hour under an inert atmosphere of nitrogen. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate/brine/ice/5%sodium thiosulfate/sodium bicarbonate and the organic phase was separated, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated. Purification by silica gel chromatography afforded the corresponding 2-cycloalkyl-2-bromo-1-(4-triisopropylsilyloxy-phenyl)-ethanone.
Utilizing the foregoing experimental procedure the following compounds were prepared:
2-cyclohexyl-2-bromo-1-(4-triisopropylsilyloxy-phenyl)-ethanone: use methylene chloride-hexanes(1:1) as the chromatography eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8): 1.14 (d, 18H), 0.98-2.27 (m, 15H), 4.91 (d, 1H), 6.94 (d, 2H), and 7.94 (d, 2H).
2-cyclopentyl-2-bromo-1-(4-triisopropylsilyloxy-phenyl)-ethanone: use methylene chloride-hexanes(1:1) as the chromatography eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.13 (d, 18H), 1.1-2.2 (m, 11H), 2.8 (m, 1H), 4.98 (d, 1H), 6.94 (d, 2H), and 7.96 (d, 2H).
2-(2-thiophene)-2-bromo-1-(4-triisopropylsilyloxy-phenyl)-ethanone: stirred at 0 °C
for 40 min.; isolated as a dark brown oil and used in the next reaction without purification.
1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.13 (d, 18H), 1.30 (m, 3H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 6.97 (d, 2H), 7.00 (m, 1H ), 7.30 (m, 1H), 7.49 (d, 1H), and 8.00 (d, 2H).
2-(4-pyridyl)-2-bromo-1-(4-triisopropylsilyloxy-phenyl)-ethanone: added 2 equivalents of trimethylammoniumphenyl perbromide and stirred at 0 °C
for 1 h;
isolated as an orange/yellow oil and used in the next reaction without purification. 1H
500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.03 (d, 18H), 1.21 (m, 3H), 6.21 (s, 1H), 6.98 (d, 2H), 7.40 (d, 2H), 7.90 (d, 2H), and 8.57 (d, 2H).
2-(3-pyridyl)-2-bromo-1-(4-triisopropylsilyloxy-phenyl)-ethanone: added 2 equivalents of trimethylammoniumphenyl perbromide and stirred at 0 °C
for 3 h;
isolated as an orange/yellow oil and used in the next reaction without purification. 1H
500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.13 (d, 18H), 1.30 (m, 3H), 6.30 (s, 1H), 6.98 (d, 2H), and 7.39-8.75 (m, 6H).
PREPARATION OF 2-ISOPROPYL-2-BROMO-1-(4-HYDROXYPHENYL)-ETHANONE
O
i HO ~ I Br i0 Following the procedure outlined in Example 10 and using the product obtained from Example 5, 2,-isopropyl-2-bromo-1-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-ethanone was isolated as a yellow oil and used in the next reaction without purification. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8): 1.01 (d, 3H), 1.21 (d, 3H), 2.46 (m, 1H), 4.93 (d, 1H), 6.96 (d, 2H), and 7.96 (d, 2H).
GENERAL PREPARATION OF BROMOKETONES
IPS
R=H or MOM
Step A
To a stirred solution of 3.0g (13.2mmole) of dry desoxybenzoin (freshly azeotroped with toluene) in 25mL of DMF at 0°C was added 5.7mL (5.7mmole) of neat diisopropylethylamine. To this stirred solution was added slowly 1.25mL (19.73 mmole) of chloromethylmethylether (MOMCI). The ice-water bath was removed and the mixture was stirred further under an atmosphere of nitrogen for 18 hours.
The mixture was then poured into a saturated NaHCO3 solution, extracted with EtOAc, and the extract washed with water, and dried over anhydrous MgS04. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/Hexane =1:1) to provide the product, as a solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) ~ (ppm): 8.0 (d, 2H), 7.19(d, 2H), 7.10 (d, 2H), 6.8 (d, 2H), 5.23 (s, 2H), 4.8 (s, 1H), 4.2 (s, 2H), 3.5 (s, 3H).
Step B
To a stirred solution of the product obtained from Step A (423mg, 1.55mmole) and imidazole (211mg, 3.lmmole) in 20mL of dry DMF at 0°C was added triisopropylsilyl chloride (3.lmmole) and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred further for 2-3 hours. The reaction was quenched by the addition of aqueous NaHC03 solution and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried with MgSOø. Chromatography (10%
EtOAc/hexane) yielded the desired product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm):
8.0 (d, 2H), 7.12 (d, 2H), 7.08 (d, 2H). 6.82 (d, 2H), 5.21 (s, 2H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 3.5 (s, 3H), 1.24 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
Sten C
To a mixture of the compound from Step B (0.5g, 1.16mmole) in 100mL of anhydrous THF was added 0.39g (1.16mmole) of trimethylphenylammonium perbromide (PTAB) at 0°C. The ice-water bath was removed, and the mixture was stirred further for one hour. The solution was then filtered and washed with water and brine and dried over Mg504. Removal of the solvent afforded the mixture of bromo-ketones (MOM group was partially removed), which was used without further purification due to their instability toward chromatography.
Bromoketone with MOM group: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 8.0 (d, 2H), 7.4 (d, 2H), 6.88 (d, 2H), 6.86 (d, 2H), 6.36 (s, 1H), 1.24 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H);
Bromoketone without MOM group: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.94 (d, 2H), 7.4 (d, 2H), 6.88 (d, 2H), 6.86 (d, 2H), 6.36 (s, 1H), 1.24 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
IPS
The required bromoketone was prepared using the procedure in Example 12 (Step C).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) ~ (ppm) 7.94 (d, 2H), 7.56 (m, 2H), 7.38 (m, 3H), 6.9 (d, 2H), 6.36 (s, 2H), 1.28 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
'S
The required bromoketone was prepared using the procedure in Example 12 (Step C).
'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm) 7.9 (d, 2H), 7.5 (d, 2H), 6.9 (d & d, 4H), 6.4 (s, 1H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 1.28 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, I8H).
PREPARATION OF
St_ ep A
To a stirred solution of a mixture of the O.lg (0.37mmole) mono phenolic compound from Step A in Example 12 and diisopropylethylamine (0.13mL, 2eq) in 5mL of DMF
at room temperature was added slowly neat MOMCl (0.05mL, 2eq), and the mixture was heated at 85°C under NZ fox three hours. The mixture was then poured into a saturated NaHC03 solution, extracted with EtOAc, washed with water, and dried over MgS04. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/Hexane =1:1) to provide the pure bis-protected MOM
product, as a solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 8.0 (d, 2H), 7.19(d, 2H), 7.10 (d, 2H), 7.02 (d, 2H), 5.23 (s, 2H), 5.2 (s, 2H), 4.2 (s, 2H), 3.5 (two s, 6H).
Step B
The product of Step A was treated with bromine to give the bromoketone. 1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 8.0 (d, 2H), 7.45(d, 2H), 7.10 (two d, 4H), 6.4 (s, 1H), 5.23 (two s, 4H), 3.5 (two s, 6H).
GENERAL PREPARATION OF
PS
MOM
To a stirred, freshly prepared solution of 2-thiophenol (0.2g, l.6mmole) and Et3N
(0.34mL, 2eq) in l5mL DMF at 0°C was slowly added a solution of 0.627g (1.232mmole) of bromoketone (prepared from Step C in Example 12) in l3mL of DMF. The reaction mixture was stirred for three hours at room temperature and was then partitioned between saturated NaHC03 and EtOAc, the layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted again with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried (NaZS04), filtered, and evaporated isa vacuo. The resulting oil was purified by flash chromatography (EtOAc/Hex=1/4) to provide the desired product as an oil.
1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d~) ~ (ppm): 8.0 (d, 2H), 7.2-6.6 (m, 8H), 6.8 (d, 2H), 6.2 (s, 1H), 5.24 (s, 2H), 3.4 (s, 3H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H); MS m/z 575 (M++23).
CYCLIZATION OF COUPLED PRODUCT
MOM OM
MOM
OM
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16, 1,2-dihydroxybenzene and the bromide of Example 15 was converted to the product which was purified by silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/4) as eluant. MS m/z 448 (M++23).
PREPARATION OF
PS PS
A
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using 0.83g (3.6mmole) of 4-benzyloxy-thiophenol, prepared from Example 1, product A and product B were obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant.
A: 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d6) 8 (ppm): 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.8 (d, 2H), 7.4 (m, SH), 6.98 (d, 2H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 6.75 (d & d, 4H), 6.0 ( s, 1H), 5.62 (s, 1H), 5.0 (s, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.15 (d, 18H).
B: 'H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d~) 8 (ppm): 8.0 (d, 2H), 7.5 (m, 5H), 7.18 (d, 2H), 7.04 (d, 2H), 6.96 (d, IH), 6.8 (d, 2H), 6.56 (d, 1H), 6.32 (dd, IH), 6.1 (s, 1H), 5.25 (s, 2H), 5.09 (s, 1H), 3.4 (s, 3H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
TI
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using 1.1g (2.3mmole) of the bromoketone from Example 14, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d~) 8 (ppm): 8.46 (br s, 1H), 7.98 (d, 2H), 7.48-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.24 (d, 2H), 7.4 (d, 1H), 6.92 (d, 2H), 6.82 (d, ZH), 6.56 (d, 1H), 6.38 (dd, 1H), 6.1 (s, 1H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 1.25 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using 0.748 (l.5mmole) of the bromoketone from Example 12 (Step C), the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d~) 8 (ppm): 7.92 (d, 2H), 7.46-7.1 (m, 5H), 7.18 (d, 2H), 6.84 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.42 (d, 1H), 6:36 (d, 1H), 5.98 (s, 1H), 5.02 (s, 2H), 2.2 (s, 3H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
PS
H
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using 0.8g (1.57mmole) of the bromolcetone from Example 12 (Step C) with the thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d~) 8 (ppm): 7.9 (d, 2H), 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.12 (d, 2H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 6.84 (d, 2H), 6.79 (d, 2H), 6.4 (d, 1H), 6.0 (s, 1H), 5.1 (s, 2H), 2.1 (s, 3H), 1.25 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
PS
H
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using 0.56g (l.lmmole) of the bromolcetone from Example 12 (Step C) with 0.19g (0.73mmole) of thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d~) b (ppm): 7.9 (d, 2H), 7.48-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.16 (d, 2H), 6.84 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.42 (d, 1H), 6.38 (d, 1H), 5.96 (s, 1H), 5.1 (s, 2H), 2.6 (q, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H), 1.1 (t, 3H).
PREPARATION OF
IPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using 2.048 (4.33mmole) of the bromolcetone from Example 12 (Step C) with the thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. ~H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d6) 8 (ppm): 7.9 (d, 2H), 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.12 (d, 2H), 6.92 (d, 1H), 6.84 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.42 (d, 1H), 6.0 (s, 1H), 5.1 (s, 2H), 2.7 (q, 2H), 1.24 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d & t, 21H).
PREPARATION OF
TfPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using 2.0g (4.33mmole) of the bromoketone from Example 12 (Step C) with the thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAcihexane (1/5) as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-db) 8 (ppm): 7.8 (d, 2H), 7.62 (d, 2H), 7.48-7.3 (m, 8H), 7.12 (d, 2H), 6.8 (d, 2H), 6.76 (2H, d), 6.28 (d, 1H), 6.18 (d, 1H), 6.0 (s, 1H), 5.24 (s, 2H), 5.05 (s, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
TI
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using 1.6g (3.51mmole) of the bromoketone from Example 13 with the thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d~) 8 (ppm): 8.0 (d, 2H), 7.5-7.2 (m, 10H), 7.0 (d,~ 1H), 6.92 (d, 2H), 6.54 (d, 1H), 6.35 (dd, 1H), 6.12 (s, 1H), 5.06 (s, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
I
TIPSO \ I S
HO ~ ~ OBn Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using 2.6g (5.82mmole) of the bromoketone from Example 13 with the thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d~) 8 (ppm): 8.0 (d, 2H), 7.4-7.2 (m, 10H), 6.94 (d, 2H), 6.84-6.74 (m, 3H), 6.24 (s, 1H), 4.85 (s, 2H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
F
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using the bromoketone from Example 12 (Step C) with the thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as the eluant. ~H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d~) 8 (ppm): 8.0 (d, 2H), 7.4-7.2 (m, 7H), 7.0 (m, 5H), 6.54 (d, 1H), 6.28 (dd, 1H), 6.14 (s, 1H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
O
TI PSO ~ I S F
HO
OBn Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using the bromoketone from Example 13 with the appropriate thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAclhexane (1/5) as the eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) ~ (ppm) 8.28 (s, 1H), 7.82 (d, 2H), 7..40 (m, 5H), 7.22 (m, 5H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 6.40 (d, 1H), 6.21 (dd, 1H), 5.80 (s, 1H), 5.00 (s, 2H), 1.24 (m, 3H), 1.10 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
O
/ \
TIP ~ ' S CI
SO
HO
OBn Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using the bromoketone from Example 13 with the appropriate thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after Si02 using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. 1H
NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm) 8.19(s, 1H), 7.82(d, 2H), 7.40(m, 5H), 7.24(m, 5H), 6.80(d, 2H), 6.64(d, 1H), 6.44(d, 1H), 5.84(s, 1H), 5.00(s, 2H), 1.23(m, 3H), 1.10(m, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
IPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using the bromoketone from Example 12 with the thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.81 (d, 2H), 7.40 (m, 5H), 7.02 (d, 2H), 6.75 (d, 4H), 6.36 (d, 1H), 6.20 (dd, 1H), 5.78 (s, 1H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (m, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
PS
OBn Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using the bromoketone from Example 12 with the thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) ~ (ppm): 8.24 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, 2H), 7.40 (m, 5H), 7.10 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 4H), 6.62 (d, 1H), 6.42 (d, 1H), 5.84 (s, 1H), 4.98 (s, 2H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (m, 18H); MS m/z 650 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
IPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using the bromoketone from Example 12 with the thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. 'H NMR (500 MHz, acetone-d~) 8 (ppm): 7.95 (d, 2H), 7.40 (m, 5H), 7.20 (d, 2H), 6.80 (m, 7H), 6.20.(s, 1H), 4.85 (s, 2H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (m, 18H); MS
mlz 616 (M++1).
~ EXAMPLE 33 PREPARATION OF
TIPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 169 and using the bromoketone from Example 12 with the thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) ~ (ppm): 7.82 (d, 2H), 7.40 (m, 5H), 7.05 (d, 2H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 6.80 (d, 4H), 6.52 (s, 1H), 5.64 (s, 1H), 5.00 (s, 2H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (m, 18H); MS mlz 629 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
IPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using the bromoketone from Example 12 with the thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) S (ppm: 8.24 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, 2H), 7.40 (m, 5H), 7.10 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.76 (d, 2H), 6.64 (d, 2H), 6.45 (d, 2H), 5.86 (s, 1H), 4.98 (s, 2H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (m, 18H); MS m/z 650 (M*+1).
PREPARATION OF
TIPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using the bromoketone from Example 12 with the thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 7.82 (d, 2H), 7.40 (m, 5H), 7.24 (m, 3H), 7.20 (d, 2H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 6.58 (d, 2H), 5.65 (s, 1H), 4.80 (d, 2H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (m, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
TI
Bn CI
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and the bromoketone from Example 13 with the thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant.
NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.82 (d, 2H), 7.40 (m, 5H), 7.25 (m, 3H), 7.20 (d, 2H), 7.00 (d, 1H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 6.60 (d, 1H), 5.78 (s, 1H), 4.78 (d, 2H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (m, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
O
T TIPSO ~ S CI
n HO ~ ~ OBn I II
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using the bromoketone from Example 13 with the mixture of the two thiophenol derivatives prepared from Example l, the two desired products I and II were obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant.
I: 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.80 (d, 2H), 7.40 (m, 5H), 7.25 (m, 3H), 7.16 (d, 2H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 6.60 (s, 1H), 5.78 (s, 1H), 4.80 (d, 2H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (m, 18H).
II: 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) b (ppm): 7.80 (d, 2H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.44 (d, 1H), 7.40 (m, 5H), 7.25 (m, 5H), 6.96 (d, 1H), 6.80 (m, 3H), 6.00 (s, 1H), 5.15 (s, 2H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (m, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
TIP
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using the bromoketone from Example 12 with the thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.80 (d, 2H), 7.40 (m, 5H), 7.14 (m, 2H), 6.96 (m, 2H), 6.84 (m, 2H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.70 (d, 1H), 5.68 (s, 1H), 4.86 d, 2H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (m, 18H).
GENERAL PREPARATION OF
OTIPS
S
O
Ph~O \ OH
Utilizing the bromides prepared in the Example 10 and the appropriate mercaptan prepared in Example 1 and employing the procedure outlined in Example 16 the following compounds were prepared:
Cyclohexyl derivative: use methylene chloride/hexanes(3:1) as the chromatography eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8): 1.12 (d, 18H), 1.11-2.34 (m, 15H), 4.19 (d, 1H), 5.0 (s, 2H), 6.44 (dd, 1H), 6.54 (d, 1H), 6.86 (m, 3H), 7.25-7.72' (m, 7H).
Cyclopentyl derivative: use methylene chloride/hexanes(2:1) as the chromatography eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(~):1.12 (d, 18H), 1.28-2.49 (m, 12H), 4.18 (d, 1H), 5.0 (s, 2H), 6.45-7.77 (m, 12H).
PREPARATION OF
OH
S
O
Ph~O \ OH
Utilizing the bromide prepared in Example 11 and the appropriate mercaptan prepared in Example 1 and employing the procedure outlined in Example 9, the desired product was obtained as a yellow oil in 77% yield after silica gel chromatography with 30% EtOAc/hexane as the eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8): 1.00 (d, 3H), 1.21 (d, 3 H), 2.30 (m, 1H), 4.13 (d, 1H), 4.99 (s, 2H), 6.41-7.72 (m, 12H), 8.02 (bs, 1H), 8.80 (bs, 1H); MS m/z 409 (M+) GENERAL PREPARATION OF
/ OTIPS
Ph~O / S
O
OH
Utilizing the bromides prepared in Example 10 and the appropriate mercaptan prepared in Example 1 and employing the procedure outlined in Example 16 the following compounds were prepared:
Cyclohexyl derivative: use methylene chloride/hexanes(3:1) as the chromatography eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8): 1.12 (d, 18H), 1.11-2.3 (m, 15H), 4.24 (d, 1H), 4.89 (m, 2H), 6.8-7.6 (m, 12H).
Cyclopentyl derivative: use methylene chloride/hexanes(2:1) as the chromatography eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.12 (d, 18H), 1.26-2.12 (m, 11H), 2.5 (m, 1H), 4.24 (d, 1H), 4.9 (m, ZH), 6.8-7.69 (m, 12H).
4-Pyridyl derivative: isolated as a yellow oil using 30% EtOAc/hexane as the chromatography eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8):1.12 (d, 18H), 1.28 (m, 3H), 4.84 (q, 2 H), 4.88 (s, 1H), 5.63 (s, 1H), and 6.69-8.50 (m, 16H).
3-Pyridyl derivative: isolated as a yellow oil using 30% EtOAc/hexane as the chromatography eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.12 (d, 18H), 1.28- (m, 3H), 4.84 (q, 2H), 4.90 (s, 1H), 5.79 (s, 1H), and 6.70-8.50 (m, 16H).
PREPARATION OF
OH
Ph~O , S
O
OH
Utilizing the bromide prepared in Example 11 and the appropriate mercaptan prepared in Example 1 and employing the procedure outlined in Example 16, the desired product was obtained as a yellow oil after silica gel chromatography with 30%
EtOAc/hexane as the eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8): 1.02 (d, 3H), 1.21 (d, 3 H), 2.34 (m, 1H), 4.13 (d, 1H), 4.90 (q, 2H), 6.25 (bs, 1H), 6.79-7.70 (m, 12H).
PREPARATION OF
S / , OTIPS
HO / S
O
\ OH
Utilizing the appropriate bromide prepared in Example 10 and the mercaptoquinol [prepared according to the method of Burton, etal, J. Clzem. Soc., 1952, 2193]
and employing the procedure outlined in Example 16, the desired product was obtained as an orangelred oil after silica.gel chromatography with 30% EtOAc/hexane as the eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8): 1.10 (d, 18H), 1.27 (m, 3H), 6.00 (s, 1H), and 6.76-7.89 (m, 10H); MS m/z 515 (M+).
PREPARATION OF
PS
To a flask charged with 0.1 g (0. l6mmole) of thio-lcetone generated in Example 22 in dichloromethane (ca 0.04M) was slowly added trifluoroacetic acid(TFA) (2 X
0.062mL, l0eq) under an N2 atmosphere at room temperature. To the stirred reaction mixture was slowly added triethylsilane (2 X 0.05mL, 4eq) and the resulting mixture until starting material was consumed (approximately 5-6 hours, as monitored by TLC). The reaction mixture was poured into saturated NaHC03lice water, stirred minutes, and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic extract was washed with brine (2 X 50mL), dried with Na2S04, and concentrated in vacuo to afford a light yellow oil. Purification via flash chromatography (EtOAclHex=1:5) provided the desired compound as an oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) ~ (ppm): 7.44 (m, 5H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 6.90 (d, 2H), 6.75 (d, 2H), 6.68 (d, 2H), 6.65 (d, 1H), 6.63 (d, 2H), 5.51 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 5.10 (s, 2H), 4.74 (brs, 1H), 4.32 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 2.77 (qd, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.08 (d, 18H), 1.1 (m, 3H); MS m/z 628.5 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
'TIPS PS
H OM
Utilizing the procedure from Example 44, the desired dihydrobenzoxathiin without MOM protection was isolated after purification by silica gel chromatography with 10% EtOAc/hexane. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.2-6.98 (m, 4H), 6.85 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.66 (two d, 4H), 5.5 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.8 (s, 1H), 4.33 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H); MS m/z 515 (M++23).
The other dihydrobenzooxathiin with MOM protection was also isolated. 1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.2-6.6 (m, 8H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.66 (d, 2H), 5.5 (d, J=2.4Hz, 1H), 5.14 (s, 2H), 4.35 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 3.48 (s, 3H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
M
Utilizing the procedure from Example 71 (Step C), the dihydrobenzoxathiin generated from Example 45, was desilylated to give the product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) (ppm): 7.2-6.96 (m, 4H), 6.92 (two d, 4H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.6 (d, 2H), 5.52 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 4.68 (br s, 1H), 4.38 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 3.48 (s, 3H).
PREPARATION OF
The ketone generated in Example 17 was converted to the desired product following the procedure described in Example 44 with the exception that 5 equivalents of TFA
and 2 equivalents of Et3SiH was necessary to drive the reaction to completion.
The MOM group was removed with mild acid treatment (2N-HCI, 75°C) to give the desired product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.0 (m, 4H), 6.85 (d, 2H), 6.65 (d, 2H), 5.38 (s, 2H); MS m/z 343 (M++23).
PREPARATION OF
"TIPS
H
The lcetone generated in Example 18 was converted to the dihydrobenzoxathiin utilizing the procedure from Example 44 with the exception that 20 equivalents of TFA and 15 equivalents of Et3SiH were necessary to drive the reaction to completion.
The desired product was,isolated after purification by silica gel chromatography using 10% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) S (ppm): 7.5-7.34 (m, 5H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 6.84 (d, 2H), 6.76 (d, 2H), 6.7 (dd, 1H), 6.67 (d, 1H), 6.68 (two d, 4H), 5.5 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 5.04 (br q, 2H), 4.68 (s, 1H), 4.3 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H); MS m/z 515 (M++23).
PREPARATION OF
a B
IPS
The ketone generated in Example 19 was converted to the dihydrobenzoxathiin utilizing the procedure from Example 44 With the exception that the reaction was run at -10°C for 48 hours in the presence of 20 equivalents of TFA and 2 equivalents of Et3SiH. The desired product [with 20% recovered starting material] was isolated after purification by silica gel chromatography using 10% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H
NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.1-6.6 (m, 11H), 5.54 (d, J=l.9Hz, 1H), 5.06 (dd, 2H), 4.32 (d, 1H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
IPS
Bn Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the lcetone derivative in Example 20, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.46-7.32 (m, 5H), 6.84 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.66 (two d, 4H), 6.62 (d, 1H), 6.57 (d, 1H), 5.3 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.35 (d, 1H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
IPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 21, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 6.76 (d, 2H), 6.6 (m, SH), 5.51 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 5.1 (s, 2H), 4.8 (s, 1H), 4.32 (d, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
S
Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 22, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H),.6.85 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.66 (m, 5H), 6.56 (d, 1H), 5.48 (d, J=2.OHz, 1H), 5.04 (br q, 2H), 4.74 (br s, 1H), 4.34 (d, J=2.OHz, 1H), 2.64 (q, 2H), 1.3 (t, 3H), 1.24 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
IPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 23, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm: 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 6.9 (d, 2H), 6.74 (d, 2H), 6.7-6.6 (three d, 5H), 5.5 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 5.1 (s, 2H), 4.74 (br s, 1H), 4.32 (d, J=2.4Hz, 1H), 2.79 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d & t, 21H); MS m/z 628.5 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
ir5 Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 24, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAclhexane as eluant.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m,lOH), 6.84 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.66 (two d, 4H), 6.38 (s, 2H), 5.48 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 5.14 (s, 2H), 5.0 (q, 2H), 4.76 (br s, 1H), 4.32 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
IPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative obtained from Example 25, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) S (ppm): 7.5-7.32 (m, 5H), 7.2-7.1 (m, 4H), 6.9-6.82 (m, 4H), 6.76-6.7 (m, 4H), 5.56 (d, 1H), 5.06 (br q, 2H), 4.36 (d, 1H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
TIPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 44, with the exception that the reaction was run at 0°C for three hours, and using 1.7g(2.83mmole) of the ketone derivative obtained from Example 26, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.34 (m, 5H), 7.2-7.1 (m, 3H), 6.94 (d, 1H), 6.9-6.82 (m, 5H), 6.4 (m, 3H), 5.48 (d, J=l.9Hz, 1H), 5.05 (s, 2H), 4.36 (d, J=l.9Hz, 1H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
_77_ PREPARATION OF
B
Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative obtained from Example 27, the desired product was obtained, which was subsequently desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as an oil after purification by silica gel chromatography using 15% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) ~ (ppm): 7.5-7.32 (m, 5H), 7.09 (d, 1H), 6.9-6.8 (m, 6H), 6.73-6.7 (m, 4H), 5.52 (d, 1H), 5.04 (br q, 2H), 4.34 (d, 1H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
PS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 28, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) S
(ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.22-7.10 (m, 3H), 6.90-6.80 (2d, 4H), 6.75 (d, 2H), 6.55 (d, 2H), 5.55 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 5.05 (d, 2H), 4.40 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
_ 78 _ PREPARATION OF
CI
S
Bn0 ~ O
OT
IPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 29, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 'H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.22-7.10 (m, 3H), 6.90-6.80 (2d, 4H), 6.73 (d, 2H), 6.64 (d, 2H), 5.50 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 5.05 (d, 2H), 4.43 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
B
1~
TIPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 30, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5°7o EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.68 (d, 2H), 6.64 (d, 2H), 6.62 (d, 2H), 6.46 (d, 2H), 5.44 (d, J=l.9Hz, 1H), 5.02 (d, 2H), 4.30 (d, J=2.OHz, 1H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.10 (d, 18H); MS m/z 618 (M++1).
PS
Bn Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 31, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5°Io EtOAc/hexane as eluant. ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm: 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 6.86 (d, 1H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.76 (d, 2H), 6.70 (d, 1H), 6.67(d, 2H), 6.65(d, 2H), 5.44 (d, J=2.OHz, 1H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 4.38 (d, J=l.9Hz, 1H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (d, 18H); MS m/z 634 (M~+1).
PREPARATION OF
PS
Bn Following the procedure outlined in. Example 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 32, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 6.94 (d, lIi), 6.85 (d, 2H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 6.74 (dd, 2H), 6.65(m, 4H), 5.43 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 5.05 (d, 2H), 4.30 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
PREPARATION OF
""IPS
B
Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 33, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 6.88 (s, 1H), 6.84 (d, 2H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.70 (d, 2H), 6.68 (d, 2H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 5.50 (d, 1H), 5.05 (s, 2H), 4.43 (d, 1H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
PS
C
Bn Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 34, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) S
(ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.68 (d, 2H), 6.64 (m, 4H), 5.44 (d, J=2.OHz, 1H), 5.05 (d, 2H), 4.28 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
IPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 35, the desired product was obtained after purification silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.05-7.20 (m, 4H), 6.90 (d, 2H), 6.88 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.70 (d, 1H), 6.65 (d, 1H), 5.30 (d, J=l.BHz, 1H), 5.05 (d, 2H), 4.20 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
Bn ~ IPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 36, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.05-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.10 (m, 2H), 6.98 (d, 2H), 6.88 (m, 2H), 6.80 (m, 1H), 6.60 (d, 1H), 5.56 (d, J=l.BHz, 1H), 5.05 (d, 2H), 4.44 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
PS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the lcetone derivative from Example 37(I), the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.55 (d, 2H), 7.45 (t, 2H), 7.35 (t, 1H), 7.20 (d, 1H), 7.15 (m, 3H), 6.88 (d, 2H), 6.84 (d, 3H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 5.46 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 5.15 (s, 2H), 4.39 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
IPS
Following the procedure outlined in 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 37(II), the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) S
(ppm): 7.55 (d, 2H), 7.45 (t, 2H), 7.35 (t, 1H), 7.20 (d, 1H), 7.15 (t, 2H), 6.80-6.90 (m, 4H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.76 (d, 2H), 5.42 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 5.18 (s, 2H), 4.42 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (d, 18H).
PS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 38, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.36-7.50 (m, 5H), 6.96 (d, 2H), 6.80-6.90 (m, 4H), 6.70-6.78 (m, 5H), 5.42 (d, J=2.IHz, 1H), 5.18 (s, 2H), 4.38 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), I.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (d, 18H).
CHIRAL SEPARATION OF
f PS
B
Each enantiomer of the racemic dihydrobenzoxathiin, obtained from Example 62, was obtained via chiral chromatography using a Chiralpak AD column, with 30%
isopropanol in hexane as the eluant.
The fast moving isomer: [oc]D= +18.44°(c=0.725, MeOH).
The slow moving isomer: [cx]D= -18.85°(c=0.74, MeOH).
PREPARATION OF
GENERAL PREPARATION OF TWINS
PREPARATION OF
OH
S
i NO ~ O
O
Step A
To a stirred solution of a mixture of dihydrobenzoxathiin (60mg, 0.1 mmole), obtained from Example 48 (which was dried by the azeotropic method prior to use), triphenylphosphine (157mg, 0.6mmole), and I-piperidineethanol (0.08mL, 0.6mmole) in 4mL of anhydrous THF at 0°C was added dropwise 0.118mL (0.6mmole)of diisopxopyl azodicarboxylate (DIAD) over 0.2 hours. The resulting pale yellow solution was stirred at room temperature for 2-3 hours. The volatile components were removed in vacuo and the residue purified by flash chromatography (EtOAclhexane=1:5, followed by 2-3% MeOH/dichloromethane) to give desired product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC23) S (ppm): 7.5-7.34 (m, 5H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 6.86 (d, 2H), 6.78-6.64 (m, 8H), 5.5 (d, 1H), 5.01 (br q, 2H), 4.3 (d, 1H), 4.2 (t, 2H), 2.75 (t, 2H), 2.5 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.48 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H); MS m/z 712.4 (M~+1).
Step B
To a stirred solution of the adduct (7lmg, 0.098mmole), generated in Step A, in 2mL
of EtOH/EtOAc/HZO (7:2:1) was added l3mg (I.2eq) of palladium black and ammonium formate (62mg, l0eq).The resulting mixture was heated at 80°C
and .
monitored by TLC. After 3hours, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, filtered through a pad of Celite to remove the catalyst, and the filtrate was partitioned between water and EtOAc. The organic phase was separated, dried over MgS04 and concentrated in vacuo to give desired product. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI;) S (ppm): 7.01 (d, 1H), 6.8 (d, 2H), 6.75 (d, 2H), 6.66 (two d, 4H), 6.54 (dd, 1H), 6.5 (d, 1H), 5.45 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.28 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.6 (br 5, 4H), 1.68 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
Step C
To a stilled solution of a mixture of the debenzylated product generated in Step B and HOAc (l0eq) in mL of THF was added a solution of tetrabutylammonium fluoride (3eq) in THF at room temperature. The resulting solution was allowed to stir for two hours at room temperature and then poured into saturated aqueous NaHC03 and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgS04, filtered, and evaporated. Purification by silica gel chromatography using 5-7°7o MeOH
in methylene chloride as eluant afforded the desired product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm): 6.95 (d, 2H), 6.92 (d, 1H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.71 (d, 2H), 6.48 (d, 2H), 6.47 (d, 1H), 6.44 (dd, 1H), 5.47 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.37 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.1 (t, 2H), 2.85 (t, 2H), 2.65 (br s, 4H), 1.66 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H).
PREPARATION OF
/ Vt1 S
HO ~ O
Et I / ~ N
O
Step A
Using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A), the dihydrobenzoxathiin obtained from Example 53 was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol. After purification by silica gel chromatography, using 3°Io MeOH/CH2Clz as eluant, the desired adduct was obtained. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 6.98 (d, 1H), 6.92 (d, 2H), 6.74 (two d, 4H), 6.65 (d, 1H), 6.62 (d, 2H), 5.5 (d, 1H), 5.1 (s, 2H), 4.31 (d, 1H), 4.09 (m, 2H), 2.75 (t, 2H), 2.55 (m, 2H), 2.5 (m, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.45 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (m, 21H).
St_ ep B
The adduct generated in Step A was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B) to give the desired product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) $
(ppm): 6.92 {d, IH), 6.89 (d, 2H), 6.72 (d & d, 4H), 6.62 {d, 2H), 6.5 (d, 1H), 5.5 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.3 (d, J=2.2Hz, IH), 4.I (m, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.68 (m, 2H), 2.58 (br s, 4H), 1.64 (m, 4H), 1.48 (m, 2H), 1.2 (m, 3H), 1.09 (d & m, 21H).
St_ ep C
The debenzylated product from Step B was desilylated using the procedure described 20 in Example 71 (Step C). The desixed product was obtained as a white solid.
jH NMR
(400 MHz, CD30D) ~ (ppm): 7.0 (d, 2H), 6.79 (d, 2H), 6.76 (d, 1H), 6.71 (d, 2H), 6.47 (d, 3H), 5.46 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.38 (d, 1H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.5 (m, 2H), 2.6 (m, 4H), 1.62 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H), 1.1 (t, 3H); MS mlz 493.2 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
OH
~, N
O
S te~Ay The dihydrobenzoxathiin obtained from Example 45 was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography using 3% MeOH/CHZCIa as eluant, the desired adduct was obtained. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) & (ppm): 7.14-6.92 (m, 4H), 6.8 (d, 2H), 6.76 (d, 2H), 6.72 (d, 2H), 6.64 (d, 2H), 5.48 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.34 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.1 (m, 2H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 2.6 (m, 4H), 1.65 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
Step B
The adduct from Step A was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 7,1 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm): 7.14-6.92 (m, 4H), 6.06 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.72 (d, 2H), 6,48 (d, 2H), 5.48 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.44 (d, 1H), 4.1 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.58 (br s, 4H), 1.64 (m, 4H), 1.S (m, 2H); MS m/z 450.2 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
OH
~I
s O
Step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin obtained from Example 46 was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2CI2, the desired adduct was obtained as an oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 7.14-6.94 (m, 4H), 6.96 (d, 2H), 6.84 (two d, 4H), 6.66 (d, 2H), 5.5 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 5.12 (s, 2H), 4.5 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.04 (t, 2H), 3.42 (s, 3H), 2.75 (t, 2H), 2.55 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.48 (m, 2H); MS m/z 495.2 (M++1).
Step $
The adduct (l0mg, 0.02 mmole) from Step A was deprotected with TFA (l0eq) and MeOH (6eq) in CH2Clz at room temperature to afford the desired product. 1H NMR
(400 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm): 7.14-6.92 (m, 4H), 6.84 (two d, 4H), 6.66 (d, 2H), 6.6 (d, 2H), 5.45 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.45 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.6 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H) ; MS m/z 450.2 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
_88_ OH
O
\ O
~\,~ N
O
The dioxane derivative obtained from Example47 was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A) to give the product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm): 7.04 (d, 2H), 6.98-6.84 (m, 4H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.74 (d, 1H), 6.63 (d, 2H), 6.56 (d, 2H), 5.36 (d, 1H), 5.33 (d, J=3.OHz, 1H), 4.02 (m, 2H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 2.6 (br s, 4H), 1.62 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS
m/z 432 (M+).
PREPARATION OF
OMe S
HO \ O \
.o step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin generated from Example 49 was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 6.9 (d, 2H), 6.88 (d, 2H), 6.68 (m, 6H), 5.53 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.33 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H).
St_ e~B
The desilylated product obtained from Step A was coupled-with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2C12, the desired adduct was obtained. ~H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCl3) ~ (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 6.9 (d, 2H), 6.84 (d, 2H), 6.76 (d, 2H), 6.66 (m, 4H), 5.52 (d, 1.H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 4.32 (d, 1H), 4.06 (t, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 2.75 (t, 2H), 2.5 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.45 (m, 2H).
St_ ep C
The adduct generated in Step B was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B) to give the product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm):
6.96 (d, 2H), 6.92 (d, 1H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.63 (d, 2H), 6.48 (dd, 1H), 6.44 (d, 1H), 5.5 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.42 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.59 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.48 (m, 2H); MS m/z 479.4 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
Me . / OH
S
HO ~ O
O
St_ ep A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin obtained from Example 50 was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography With 3% MeOHICHZCl2, the desired adduct was obtained. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) b (ppm): 6.83 (d, 2H), 6.75 (d, 2H), 6.69 (d, 2H), 6.62 (d, 2H), 6.5 (d, 1H), 6.48 (d, 1H), 5.42 (br s, 1H), 4.3 (br s, 1H), 4.06 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.5 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.44 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
Step B
The adduct generated in Step A was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B).
Step C
The debenzylated product from Step B was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H
NMR
(400 MHz, CD30D) S (ppm): 6.94 (d, 2H), 6.76 (d, 2H), 6.7 (d, 2H), 6.49 (d, 2H), 6.4 (d, 1H), 6.32 (d, 1H), 5.43 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.4 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, ZH), 2.6 (br s, 4H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 1.64 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS mlz 479.2 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
V Yi S
HO \ O
Me I / ~ N
O
Step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin obtained from Example 51 was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2C12, the desired adduct was obtained.
S tep B
The adduct generated in Step A was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B). After purification by silica gel chromatography using 5%
MeOH/CHZCl2 as the eluant, the desired product was obtained as an oil. 1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 6.9 (d, 2H), 6.89 (d, 1H), 6.73 (m, 4H), 6.62 (d, 2H), 6.52 (d, 1H), 5.5 (d, 1H), 4.3 (d, 1H), 4.1 (br s, 2H), 2.8 (br t, 2H), 2.6 (br s, 4H), 2.2 (s, 3H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
Step C
The debenzylated product from Step B was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 'H
NMR
(400 MHz, CD30D) ~ (ppm): 7.02 (d, 2H), 6.76 (d, ZH), 6.7 (d, 2H), 6.47 (two d, 3H), 5.48 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.38 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.1 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.6 (br s, 4H), 2.1 (s, 3H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS m/z 479.2 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
OH
S
HO ~ O
Et I / ~ N
O
Step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin obtained from Example 53 was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2C12; the desired adduct was obtained.
Ste~B
The adduct generated in Step A was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B).
Step C
The debenzylated product from Step B was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid after silical gel chromatography with 5% MeOH/CHZCIz as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) b (ppm): 6.94 (d, 2H), 6.76 (d, 2H), 6.7 (2H, d), 6.48 (d, 2H), 6.41 (d, 1H), 6.3 (d, 1H), 5.44 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.4 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.62 (br s, 4H), 2.6 (q, 2H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.45 (m, 2H), 1.2 (t, 3H); MS m/z 493.2 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
OH / OH
S \
HO \ O \
O
Step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin obtained from Example 54 was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CHzCl2, the desired adduct was obtained. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 10H), 6.86 (d, 2h), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.74 (d, 2H), 6.64 (d, 2H), 6.38 (s, 2H), 5.48 (d, 1H), 5.14 (s, 2H), 5.02 (q, 2H), 4.32 (d, 1H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.5 (br s, 4H), 1.62 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
Step B
The adduct generated in Step A was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B). After purification by silica gel chromatography using 5%
MeOH/CHZC12 as eluant, the desired product was obtained as an oil.
Step C
The debenzylated product from Step B was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. iH
NMR
(400 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm): 6.94 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.72 (d, 2H), 6.5 (d, 2H), 6.06 (d, 1H), 6.02 (d, 1H), 5.42 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.33 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.09 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.6 (br s, 4H), 1.64 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS m/z 482.2 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
S \
HO O I \
~ N
O
Step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin generated from Example 55 was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) S (ppm: 7.48-7.32 (m, 5H), 7.2-7.1 (m, 4H), 6.94-6.84 (two d, 4H), 6.7 (m, 4H), 5.56 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 5.04 (br q, 2H), 4.74 (s, 1H), 4.37 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H).
Step B
The desilylated product obtained from Step A was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOHlCH2C12, the desired adduct was obtained. 1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCI;) S (ppm): 7.5-7.32 (m, 5H), 7.2-7.04 (m, 4H), 6.94-6.86 (m, 4H), 6.76-6.66 (m, 4H), 5.54 (br s, 1H), 5.04 (br s, 2H), 4.38 (br s, 1H), 4.06 (t, 2H), 2.76 (t, 2H), 2.5 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.42 (m, 2H).
Step C
The adduct generated in Step B was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B) to afford the desired product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 8 (ppm): 7.2-7.14 (m, 3H), 6.94 (m, 3H), 6.9 (d, 2H), 6.74 (d, 2H), 6.48 (dd, 1H), 6.45 (d, 1H), 5.53 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.46 (d, 1H), 4.06 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.58 (br s, 4H), 1.62 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS ni/z 449.2 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
Ho , s O
Step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin generated from Example 56 was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.2-7.1 (m, 3H), 6.96 (m, 2H), 6.92 (d, 1H), 6.88 (d, 2H), 6.84 (d,1H), 6.74 (dd, 1H), 6.66 (d, 2H), 5.48 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 4.37 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H); MS m/z 428.2 (M++1).
Step B
The desilylated product obtained from Step A was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2C12, the desired adduct was obtained.
Step C
The adduct generated in Step B was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B) to afford the desired product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) s (ppm): 7.14-7.02 (m, 3H), 6.92 (m, 4H), 6.8 (d, 1H), 6.74 (d, 2H), 6.58 (d, 1H), 6.51 (dd, 1H), 5.42 (br s, 1H), 4.45 (br s, 1H), 4.06 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.55 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS mlz 449.2 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
/ OH
O
OSO ~ ~ N
O~
Step A
To a well stirred solution of the dihydrobenzoxathiin (30mg, 0.061mmole) prepared from Example 74 (Step A) was added 5equivalents of meta-chloroperbenzoic acid (m-CPBA) in methylene chloride at 0°C. The ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for three hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with a saturated solution of NaHS03 and stirred for additional 30 minutes.
The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried with MgS04, and evaporated to give a residue which was used for next step without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm): 7.82 (dd, 1H), 7.67 (dt, 1H), 7.28 (rn, 2H), 7.2 (d, 2H), 7.03 (d, 2H), 6.92 (d, 2H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.32 (d, 1H), 5.12 (s, 2H), 4.84 (d, 1H), 4.2 (br t, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 3.2 (m, 2H), 3.0 (m, 4H), 1.75 (m, 4H), 1.6 (m, 2H).
Step B
The MOM protecting group was removed following the procedure outlined in Example 74 (Step B). The desired product was isolated after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5°Io MeOH/CHZC12 as the eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm): 7.82 (dd, 1H), 7.64 (dt, 1H), 7.26 (m, 2H), 7.04 (d, 2H), 6.06 (d, 2H), 6.76 (d, 2H), 6.65 (d, 2H), 6.24 (d, J=l.9Hz, 1H), 4.71 (d, 1H), 4.1 (t, 2H), 2.72 (t, 2H), 2.5 ~(br s, 4H), 1.6 (m; 4H), 1.45 (m, 2H); MS m/z 481.1 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
OH
/w ~J
H
Step A
To a well stirred solution of the dihydrobenzoxathiin (60mg) prepared from Example 73 (Step A) was added 5 equivalents of m-CPBA in CH2Clz at 0°C. The ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours.
The reaction mixture was quenched with a saturated solution of NaHS03 and saturated NaHC03, and stirred for additional 30 minutes. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc and the combined organic layer was washed with brine and dried with MgS04.
The solvent was removed by evaporation to give an oily residue, which was purified by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2Clz as the eluant to give the pure product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) ~ (ppm): 7.85 (dd, 1H), 7.66 (m, 1H), 7.28 (m, 2H), 7.12 (d, 2H), 6.86 (d, 2H), 6.8 (d, 2H), 6.7 (d, 2H), 6.22 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.72 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.08 (m, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.6 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H); MS m/z 637 (M++23).
Ste~B
The silyl protecting group was removed following the procedure outlined in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was isolated after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% MeOHlCH2C12 as the eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD;OD) S (ppm): 7.81 (dd, 1H), 7.64 (m, 1H), 7.35 (m, 2H), 7.2 (d, 2H), 6.82 (two d, 4H), 6.6 (d, 2H), 6.28 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.69 (d,.J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.2 (t, 2H), 3.08 (t, 2H), 2.85 (br s, 4H), 1.7 (m, 4H), 1.55 (m, 2H).
PREPARATION OF
r Step A
Utilizing the procedure from Example 83 (Step A), the dihydrobenzoxathiin (20mg, 0.028 mmole) obtained from Example 71 (Step A), was oxidized by m-CPBA at room temperature. The crude material was used for next step without further purification.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.84 (d, 1H), 7.7-7.4 (m, 5H), 7.02 (d, 2H), 6.88 (dd, 1H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.76 (two d, 4H), 6.72 (d, 1H), 6.22 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 5.18 (q, 2H), 4.28 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.09 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.55 (br s, 4H), 1.63 (m, 4H), 1.48 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
Step B
The product from Step A was debloclced using the standard procedure described in Example 71 (Step B) to afford the debenzylated product, which was used without further purification.
Step C
The silyl protecting group was removed following the procedure outlined in Example 71 (Step C). The final product was isolated after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% MeOH/CHZCl2 as the eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm): 7.62 (d, 1H), 7.14 (d, 2H), 6.84 (two d, 4H), 6.68 (dd, 1H), 6.6 (d, 2H), 6.55 (d, 1H), 6.22 (d, 1H), 4.55 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.1 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.6 (br s, 4H), 1.64 (M, 4H), 1.5 (M, 2H); MS m/z 496.1 (M++1 ).
PREPARATION OF
~ ~ O~ N
S
Ho ~ o OH
S tep A
To a solution of dihydrobenzoxathiin (100mg, 0.167 mmole) generated from Example 48 in CH2C12 was added triethylamine (0.07mL), a catalytic amount of N,N-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP) and acetic anhydride (0.034mL, 2eq) at room temperature. The resultant mixture was stirred for 30 minutes and then poured into saturated NaHC03. The aqueous layer was extracted with CHZCl2 and then dried over anhydrous Na2SOd. The solvent was evaporated to give an oil, which was subjected to silica gel chromatography with 10°7o EtOAc/hexane as eluant to give the product.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI~) 8 (ppm): 7.48-7.34 (m, 5H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 6.99 (d, 2H), 6.94 (d, 2H), 6.76 (d, 2H), 6.72-6.67 (m, 4H), 5.56 (d, 1H), 5.06 (br q, 2H), 4.34 (d, 1H), 2.3 (d, 3H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18 H).
St_ ep B
The silyl protecting group was removed following the procedure outlined in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was isolated after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5°1o MeOHlCH2C12 as the eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.48-7.34 (m, 5H), 7.09 (d, 1H), 7.04 (d, 2H), 6.98 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.7 (m, 2H), 6.59 (d, 2H), 5.56 (d, 1H), 5.06 (br q, 2H), 4.74 (s, 1H), 4.36 (d, 1H), 2.2 (s, 3H).
Step C
The desilylated product (80mg, 0.165mmole) obtained from Step B was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A).
After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CHzCl2, the desired adduct was obtained. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.48-7.34 (m, 5H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 7.04 (d, 2H), 6.98 (d, 2H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.7 (dd, 1H), 6.68 (d, 1H), 6.68 (d, 2H), 5.58 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 5.05 (br q, 2H), 4.36 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 2.68 (t, 2H), 2.5 (br s, 4H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.45 (m, 2H); MS mlz 597.3 (M++1.
Step D
To a solution of l0mg (0.017mmole) of the adduct, generated from Step, in anhydrous THF was added four equivalents of a 1.0M Super hydride solution in THF. The resulting mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 0°C and then allowed to room temperature (30 minutes). The reaction mixture was hydrolyzed with HzOINaHC03. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc, the organic layer separated, dried, and evaporated to give an oil, which was used for next step without further purification.
Step E
The crude product from Step D was debloclced using the standard procedure described in Example 71 (Step B) to afford the final product, after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% MeOH/CHZC12 as the eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 8 (ppm): 6.92 (d, 1H), 6.83 (d, 2H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.65 (d, 2H), 6.58 (d, 2H), 6.46 (dd, 1H), 6.42 (d, 1H), 5.44 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.38 (d, 1H, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.04 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.6 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS m/z 465 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
F
S \
O ~ O
O
Step A
The desilylated product obtained from Example 57 was coupled with 1-pieridineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2C12, the desired adduct was obtained.
Step B
The adduct generated in Step A was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B) to afford the desired product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm): 6.98-6.76 (m, 9H), 6.5 (dd, 1H), 6.46 (d, 1H), 5.52 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.5 (d, 1H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 2.80 (t, 2H), 2.62 (br s, 4H), 1.62 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H);
MS mlz 466.2 (M+).
CHIRAL SEPARATION OF
S
HO O
N
The racemic dihydrobenzoxathiin obtained from Example 81 (Step C) was resolved via chiral chromatography on a Chiralpak AD column, using 20% EtOH in hexane as the eluant. The fast moving isomer: [a]D= +33.43°(c=1.205, MeOH).
The slow moving isomer: [a]D= -34.2°(c=1.09, MeOH).
CHIRAL SEPARATION OF
H
N
The racemic dihydrobenzoxathiin obtained from Example 82 (Step C) was resolved via chiral chromatography on a Chiralpak AD column, using 20% EtOH in hexane as the eluant. The fast moving isomer: [oc)D= +32.4°(c=1.36, MeOH).
The slow moving isomer: [oc]D= -31.3°(c=1.37, MeOH).
PREPARATION OF
F
S \
HO \ O \
I / ~ N
O
The dihydrobenzoxathiin generated from Example 58 was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) S (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.2-7.1 (m, 3H), 6.85 (2d, 4H), 6.68 (d, 2H), 6.55 (d, 2H), 5.55 (d, 1H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 4.40(d, 1H).
Step B
The desilylated product obtained from Step A was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2Cl2, the desired adduct was obtained.
S te~C
A mixture of the adduct (80mg, 0.144mmole), generated in Step B, 20 mg of palladium black and 5 drops of AcOH in 4 mL of ethanol, was stirred under a balloon of hydrogen gas and monitored by TLC. After 18 hours, the reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite to remove the catalyst, and the filtrate was neutralized by the addition of saturated, aqueous NaHC03 solution and extracted by EtOAc.
The organic layer was separated, dried over MgS04 and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD30D) S (ppm): 7.20-7.02 (m, 3H), 6.92 (m, 4H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.30 (d, 2H), 5.55 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.50(d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.06 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.55 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS m/z 467 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
ci s O
Step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin generated from Example 59 was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.2-7.1 (m, 3H), 6.95 (d, 2H), 6.90 (d, 1H), 6.85 (d, 2H), 6.70 (d, 2H), 6.65 (d, 1H), 5.50 (d, 1H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 4.42 (d, 1H).
Step B
The desilylated product obtained from Step A was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CHZC12, the desired adduct was obtained.
Step C
The adduct, generated in Step B, was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B) to afford the desired product. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) ~
(ppm): 7.14-7.02 (m, 3H), 6.92 (d, 2H), 6.85 (d, 2H), 6.74 (d, 2H), 6.58 (d, 1H), 6.41 (d, 1H), 5.52 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.55 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.06 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.55 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS m/z 483 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
H
~N
Step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin, obtained from Example 60, was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CHZC12 the desired adduct was obtained. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 6.70 (2d, 4H), 6.60 (d, 2H), 6.40 (2d, 2H), 5.40 (s, 1H), 4.90 (d, 2H), 4.20 (s, 1H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.5 (br s, 4H), 1.62 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
Step B
The adduct, generated in Step A, was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B).
Step C
The debenzylated product from Step B was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H
NMR
(500 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm): 6.93 (d, 3H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.69 (d, 2H), 6.50 (d, 2H), 6.28 (m, 1H), 5.46 (d, J=l.BHz, 1H), 4.39 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.6 (br s, 4H), 1.64 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS m/z 482.2 (M++1).
PREPARATION O F
CI / OH
S \
/~ a HO \ O \
O
Step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin, obtained from Example 61, was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3°7o MeOH/CH2Cl2 the desired adduct was obtained. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) b (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 6.85 (m, 3H), 6.70 (d, 4H), 6.63 (d, 2H), 6.60 (d, 1H), 5.42 (s, 1H), 5.02 (d, 2H), 4.40 (s, 1H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.5 (br s, 4H), 1.62 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
Step B
The adduct, generated in Step A, was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B) to afford the desired product. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD30D) b (ppm): 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, H), 6.70 (2d, 4H), 6.62 (d, 2H), 6.58 (d, 1H), 5.40 (d, 1H), 4.30 (d, 1H), 4.06 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.55 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H);
MS m/z 655 (M++1).
Std The debenzylated product from Step B was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H
NMR
(500 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm): 6.92 (d, 2H), 6.75 (d, 2H), 6.68(d, 2H), 6.60 (d, 1H), 6.50 (d, 2H), 6.42(d, 1H), 5.42 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.42 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.07 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.55 (brs, 4H), 1.62-(m, 4H), 1.48 (m, 2H); MS m/z 499 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
HO
N
Step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin, obtained from Example 62, was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2Clz the desired adduct was obtained.
Step B
The adduct, generated in Step A, was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B).
Step C
The debenzylated product from Step B was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid after purification by silica gel chromatography with 5% MeOH/CH~Cl2 as eluant. 1H
NMR
(500 MHz, acetone-d~) 8 (ppm): 7.04 (d, 2H), 6.90 (dd, 3H), 6.72 (d, 2H), 6.64 (d, 1H), 6.59 (d, 2H), 6.57(dd, 1H), 5.44 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.52 (d, 3=2.lHz, 1H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.62 (br s, 4H), 2.6 (q, 2H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.45 (m, 2H), 1.2 (t, 2H);
MS mlz 465 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
u"
Me / S
HO O
O
St-ep A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin, obtained from Example 63, was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOHlCH2Cl2 the desired adduct was obtained.
Step B
The adduct, generated in Step A, was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B).
Step C:
The debenzylated product from Step B was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid after purification by silica gel chromatography with 5% MeOHlCH2Clz as eluant. 1H
NMR
(500 MHz, acetone-d~) S (ppm): 7.00 (d, 2H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.59 (d, 2H), 6.52 (s, 1H), 5.49 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.65(d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.62 (br s, 4H), 2.6 (q, 2H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.45 (m, 2H), 1.2 (t, 2H); MS
m/z 479 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
St_ ep A
OH
CI / S ~ \
O O
O
The dihydrobenzoxathiin, obtained from Example 64, was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2Cla the desired adduct was obtained. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 6.85 (d, 2H), 6.70 (2d, 4H), 6.63 (d, 2H), 6.60 (s, 1H), 5.42 (s, 1H), 5.02 (q, 2H), 4.30 (s, 1H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.5 (br s, 4H), 1.62 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
Step B
The adduct, generated in Step A, was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B) to afford the desired product. 1H NMR (500 MHz, acetone-d6) 8 (ppm): 7.10 (s, 1H), 6.98 (d, 2H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.70 (d, 2H), 6.68 (s, 1H), 5.50 (d, 1H), 4.50 (d, 1H), 4.06 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.55 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H).
Step C
The debenzylated product from Step B was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H
NMR
(500 MHz, acetone-d~) 8 (ppm): 7.12 (s, 1H), 7.02 (d, 2H), 6.80 (dd, 4H), 6.69 (s, 1H), 6.60 (d, 2H), 6.42 (d, 1H), 5.55 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.54 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.07 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.55 (brs, 4H), 1.62 (in, 4H), 1.48 (m, 2H); MS m/z 499 (M++I).
PREPARATION OF
H
Step A
/
O / S \
O I \
~ N
O
The dihydrobenzoxathiin generated from Example 65 was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.2-7.1 (m, 5H), 6.95 (m, 3H), 6.64-6.70 (m, 2H), 5.46 (d, J=l.BHz, 1H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 4.42 (d, J=2.OHz, 1H).
Std The desilylated product obtained from Step A was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2Cl2, the desired adduct was obtained.
Step C
The adduct, generated in Step B, was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B) to afford the desired product. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm: 7.00-7.12 (m, 6H), 6.90 (d, 2H), 6.75 (d, 2H), 6.42 (s, 1H), 5.42 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.48 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.06 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.55 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS m/z 463 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
Ho ~ s CI I / ~ N
O
Step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin generated from Example 66 was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.2-7.1 (m, 3H), 6.95 (d, 2H), 6.92 (d, 2H), 6.90 (d, 1H), 6.78 (d, 1H), 6.70 (d, 2H), 5.52 (d, J=Z.lHz, 1H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 4.46 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H).
Step B
The desilylated product obtained from Step A was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CHZCl2, the desired adduct was obtained.
Step C
The adduct, generated in Step B, was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B) to afford the desired product. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm): 7.05-7.15 (m, 5H), 6.90 (d, 2H), 6.79 (d, 2H), 6.65 (d, 1H), 6.55 (d, 1H), 5.50 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.62 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.10 (t, 2H), 2.80 (t, 2H), 2.60 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS m/z 483 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
Ho ~ s ci o O
Step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin generated from Example 67 was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.2-7.1 (m, 3H), 7.08 (s, 1H), 6.95 (d, 2H), 6.86 (m, 3H), 6.70 (d, 2H), 5.42 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 5.14 (s, 2H), 4.40 (d, J=2.OHz, 1H).
Step B
The desilylated product obtained from Step A was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CHZCl2, the desired adduct was obtained.
St. ep C
The adduct, generated in Step B, was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B) to afford the desired product. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm): 7.05-7.15 (m, 3H), 6.95 (m, 3H), 6.90 (d, 2H), 6.75 (d, 2H), 6.72 (s, 1H), 5.45 (d, J=2.OHz, 1H), 4.52 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.10 (t, 2H), 2.80 (t, 2H), 2.60 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS m/z 483 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
HO / S \
O \
O
Step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin generated from Example 68 was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.2-7.1 (m, 3H), 6.92-6.80 (m, 5H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.70 (d, 2H), 5.40 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 5.20 (s, 2H), 4.46 (d, J=2.OHz, 1H).
Step B
The desilylated product obtained from Step A was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2C12, the desired adduct was obtained.
Ste~C, The adduct, generated in Step B, was debenzylated using the procedure described in 71 (Step B) to afford the desired product. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm):
7.05-7.15 (m, 3H), 6.95 (d, 2H), 6.90 (d, 2H), 6.80 (d, 1H), 6.75 (d, 2H), 6.70 (d, 1H), 5.38 (d, J=l.BHz, 1H), 4.56 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.06 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.60 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS m/z 483 (M++1).
CHIRAL SEPARATION OF
/( HO / S \
p ( \
/ O~ N
The racemic dihydrobenzoxathiin obtained from Example 100 (Step C) was resolved via chiral chromatography on a Chiralpak AD column, using 20% EtOH in hexane as the eluant. The fast moving isomer: [oc]D= +26.09°(c=1.025, MeOH).
The slow moving isomer: [a]D= -25.44°(c=0.95, MeOH).
PREPARATION OF
/ r HO / S \
O
~ N
O
Step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin generated from Example 69 was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) ~ (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 6.95 (d, 2H), 6.90(m, 3H), 6.85 (m, 3H), 6.74 (dd, 1H), 6.70 (d, 2H), 5.45 (d, J=l.9Hz, 1H), 5.05 (s, 2H), 4.35 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H).
Step B
The desilylated product obtained from Step A was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2C12, the desired adduct was obtained, which was used without further purification.
Step C
The adduct, generated in Step B, was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B) to afford the desired product. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm): 6.98 (d, ZH), 6.94 (m, 2H), 6.80 (m, 5H), 6.60 (d, 1H), 6.75 (dd, 1H), 5.40 (d, J=l.BHz, 1H), 4.50 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.60 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS m/z 466 (M++1).
CHIRAL PREPARATION OF
OH
HO / S
O
(+) isomer Std The fast moving (+)-dihydrobenzoxathiin obtained from Example 70 was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A).
After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2Cl2, the desired adduct was obtained.
St. ep B
The adduct, generated in Step A, was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B).
Step C
The debenzylated product from Step B was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid after purification by silica gel chromatography with 5% MeOH/CHZCl2 as eluant. 1H
NMR
(500 MHz, acetone-d~) ~ (ppm): 6.90 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 1H), 6.72 (d, 2H), 6.70 (d, 2H), 6.60 (d, 1H), 6.50 (d, 1H), 6.48 (d, 2H), 5.38 (d, J=2.OHz, 1H), 4.38 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.62 (br s, 4H), 2.6 (q, 2H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.45 (m, ZH), 1.2 (t, 2H); MS m/z 465 (M++1); [a,~D= +27.68°(c=0.49, MeOH).
CHIRAL PREPARATION OF
HO / S
\I
O
N
(-) isomer Step A
The slow moving (-)-dihydrobenzoxathiin obtained from Example 70 was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A).
After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2C12, the desired adduct was obtained.
Step B
The adduct, generated in Step A, was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B).
Step C
The debenzylated product from Step B was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid after purification by silica gel chromatography with 5% MeOH/CHZCl2 as eluant. 1H
NMR
(500 MHz, acetone-d~) 8 (ppm): 6.90 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 1H), 6.72 (d, 2H), 6.70 (d, 2H), 6.60 (d, 1H), 6.50 (d, 1H), 6.48 (d, 2H), 5.38 (d, J=2.OHz, 1H), 4.38 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.62 (br s, 4H), 2.6 (q, 2H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.45 (m, 2H), 1.2 (t, 2H); MS m/z 465 (M++1); [oc]D= -26.33°(c=0.515, MeOH).
GENERAL PREPARATION OF
O~ N
Step A: Reductive Cyclization To a stirred solution of 102.2mg (0.17mmole) of the cyclopentyl-thio-ketone generated in Example 41 in 1mL of dichloromethane at -23°C under an N2 atmosphere was added 68~.L (0.087mmole) of neat trifluoroacetic acid(TFA). To the stirred reaction mixture at -23°C was slowly added 41.4~.L (0.259mmole) of neat triethylsilane and the resulting mixture was stirred further for three hours.
The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate/saturated NaHC03/ice/
brine, and the organic phase was separated, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography using methylene chloride/hexanes(1:1) as eluant to provide the cis-cyclopentyl-dihydrobenzooxathiin derivative. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8):1.12 (d, 18H), 1.26-2.12 (m, 12H), 2.5 (m, 1H), 4.24 (d, 1H), 4.9 (m, 2H), 6.8-7.69 (m, 12H).
Starting with the cyclohexyl derivative prepared in Example 41 and utilizing the above procedure the corresponding cis-cyclohexyl-benzooxathiin was prepared after purification by silica gel chromatography using methylene chloride-hexanes(1:1). ~H
500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8): 1.14 (d, 18H), 1.11-1.9 (m, 14H), 3.2 (t, 1H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 5.44 (d, J=2.5Hz, 1H), 6.66-7.47 (m, 12H).
Step B: Desil, lation To a stirred solution of 89.6mg (0.156mmole) of the cis-cyclopentyl derivative prepared in Step A above in 1mL of THF at 0 °C was added sequentially 13.3~,L
(0.234mmole) of acetic acid and then 171~,L (0.171mmole) of a 1M solution of tetrabutylammonium fluoride in THF. The mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 0.5 hour and then partitioned between ethyl acetate/2N HCl/ice/brine, and the organic phase was separated, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography using methylene chloride-ethyl acetate (50:1) as eluant to provide the phenolic derivative. 1H
500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8):1.32-1.94 (m, 9H), 3.51 (dd, J=5.5, 2.5Hz, 1H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 5.42 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 6.67-7.47 (m~ 12H).
Starting with the cyclohexyl derivative prepared in the previous example and utilizing the above procedure the corresponding cis-cyclohexyl-benzooxathiin phenol was prepared. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.11-1.93 (m, 11H), 3.23 (t, J=3Hz, 1H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 5.44 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 6.66-7.47 (m, 12H).
Step C: Mitsunobu reaction To a stirred solution of a mixture of 56.3mg (0.135mmole) of the cis-cyclopentyl derivative prepared in Step B above, 53.6~,L (0.404mmole) of 1-piperidineethanol, and 123.5mg (0.47mmole) of triphenylphosphine in lmL of anhydrous THF at 0°C
was added 87.4~,L (0.444mmole) of neat diisopropylazodicarboxylate (DIAD). The ice-water bath was removed and the mixture was stirred further for 'six hours.
The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate/2N HCl/ice/ brine, and the organic phase was separated, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography using ethyl acetate-methanol(9:1) as eluant to provide the adduct. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.33-2.0 (m, 15H), 2.56 (m, 4H), 2.82 (t, J=6Hz, 2H), 3.51 (dd, J=5.4, 2.4Hz, 1H), 4.16 (t, J=6Hz, 2H), 5.02 (s, 2H), 5.42 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 6.66-7.46 (m, 12H).
Starting with the cyclohexyl derivative prepared in the previous example and utilizing the above procedure the corresponding cis-cyclohexyl-benzooxathiin adduct was prepared. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.11-1.93 (m, 17H), 2.6 (m, 4H), 2.87 (m, 2H), 3.2 (d, J=2.5Hz, 1H), 4.2 (m, 2H), 5.02 (s, 2H), 5.44 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 6.65-7.46 (m, 12H).
Step D: Debenzylation:
A stirred mixture of 36.6mg (0.0069mmole) of the cis-cyclopentyl derivative prepared in Step C above, 14.7mg (0.014mmole) of palladium black, and 87.1mg (0.138mmole) of ammonium formate in 2mL of ethanol-ethyl acetate-water(7:2:1) was heated at 80°C for two hours. The mixture was filtered through celite, washed well with ethyl acetate and the filtrate was partitioned between ethyl acetate/saturated sodium bicarbonate/brine, and the organic phase was separated, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography using ethyl acetate-methanol(9:1) as eluant to provide the final product. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(b):1.33-2.0 (m, 15H), 2.6 (m, 4H), 2.88 (m, 2H), 3.48 (t, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.18 (m, 2H), 5.38 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 6.5 (m, 1H), 6.63 (d, 2.9Hz, 1H) 6.74 (d, J=8.7Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J=8.7Hz, 2H), and 7.34 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H).
Starting with the cyclohexyl derivative prepared in the previous example and utilizing the above procedure the corresponding cis-cyclohexyl-benzooxathiin adduct was prepared. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.00-1.90 (m, 18H), 2.6 (m, 4H), 2.81 (t, 2H), 3.19 (t, J=3.0 Hz,lH), 4.18 (m, 2H), 5.38 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 6.43 (m, 1H), 6.62 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2 H), and 7.34 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H); MS m/z 454 (M+).
PREPARATION OF
HO ~ S
O
~.NJ
O
Step A: Reductive CYclization Starting with the isopropyl adduct (0.0208 g, 0.049 mmol) prepared in Example and utilizing the procedure outlined in Example 105 (Step A), the crude product was isolated after stirring at -23 °C for 6 h 20 min: Purification by silica gel chromatography with 30% EtOAclhexane as the eluant afforded the desired product as a yellow oil. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(S): 0.95 (d, 3H), 0.98 (d, 3H), 1.95 (m, 1H), 3.30 (t, J=3 Hz, 1H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 5.42 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 6.66-7.47 (m, 12H).
Step B: Mitsunobu reaction The dihydrobenzoxathiin prepared in Step A above was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 105 (Step C) with the exception that the reaction was allowed to slowly warm from 0 °C to ambient temperature over 3.5 h. Purification by silica gel chromatography with 10%
MeOH/CHZC12 as the eluant afforded the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8): 0.95 (d, 3H), 0.98 (d, 3H), 1.50-1.68 (m, 6H), 1.95 (m, 1H), 2.60 (m, 4H), 2.86 (t, 2H), 3.30 (t, J=3 Hz, IH), 4.20 (t, 2H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 5.42 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 6.66-7.49 (m, 12H).
Step C: Debenzylation Starting with the compound prepared in Step B above, and utilizing the procedure outlined in Example 105 (Step D), the corresponding cis-isopropyl-benzoxathiin adduct was prepared after silica gel chromatography with 10% MeOH/CH2C12 as the eluant. ~H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8): 0.95 (d, 3H), 0.98 (d, 3H), 1.50-1.68 (m, 6H), 1.95 (m, 1H), 2.60 (m, 4H), 2.86 (t, 2H), 3.26 (t, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (t, 2H), 5.37 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 36.47 (dd, 1H), 6.65 (d, J=3 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), and 7.35 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H); MS m/z 414 (M+).
PREPARATION OF
H
S
O ~ S w O
~.NJ
O
Step A: Reductive Cyclization Starting with the 2-thiophene adduct (0.0208 g, .049 mmol) prepared in Example and slightly modifying the procedure outlined in Example 105 (Step A), the crude product was isolated after stirring at 0 °C to ambient temperature for 1 h 40 min.
Purification by silica gel chromatography with 30% EtOAc/hexane as the eluant afforded the desired product as a red oil. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8):1.11 (d, 18H), 1.24 (m, 3H), 4.67 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.50 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.60-7.12 (m, 10H).
Step B: Protection with MOM
To a solution of the didhydrobenzoxathiin (0.0629 g, 0.13 mmol) prepared in Step A
above in distilled THF (1 mL) was added 60% NaH in mineral oil (0.0090 g, 0.19 mmol) at 0 °C under N2. After the gas evolution had ceased, MOMCI
(0.013 mL, 0.16 mmol) was added dropwise to the reaction. After 30 min., another 1.3 equivalents of MOMCI was added to the reaction. Within 5 min., the reaction was complete by TLC. The resulting dark red solution was partitioned between EtOAc and ice/H20. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over NaZS04, and concentrated in vacuo. The desired product was used in the next reaction without purification. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):l.l 1 (d, 18H), 1.24 (m, 3H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 4.67 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 5.14 (m, 2H), 5.50 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.60-7.12 (m, l OH).
Step C: Desilylation The dihydrobenzoxathiin prepared in Step B above was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 105 (Step B) to afford the desired product as a colorless oil after silica gel chromatography with 30% EtOAc/hexane as the eluant.
1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8): 3.52 (s, 3H), 4.69 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 5.15 (m, 2H), 5.51 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.60-7.15 (m, 10H).
Step D: Mitsunobu reaction Following the procedure detailed in Example 105 (Step C) with the exception that the reaction was allowed to warm from 0 °C to ambient temperature over 4 h, the material prepared in the previous step was converted to the desired product after silica gel chromatography (one elution with 30% EtOAc/hexane followed by a second elution with 10% MeOH/CH2C12). 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8): 1.40-2.60 (m, 10H), 2.79 (t, 2H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 4.10 (t, 2H), 4.69 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 5.15 (m, 2H), 5.51 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.60-7.15 (m, 10H).
Step E: Deprotection of MOM
A mixture of the material (0.0401 g, 0.08fl mmol) prepared in Step D above and HCl (0.20 mL, 0.40 mmol) in MeOH (1.0 mL) was heated to 60 °C under N2 for 2.5 h.
The reaction was partitioned between EtOAc and ice/sat. NaHC03. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over NaZSOø, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was triturated with EtzO and desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H
500MHz NMR(d~-acetone + CD30D) ppm(8): 1.50-3.19 (m, 10H), 3.23 (t, 2H), 4.30 (t, 2H), 5.00 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 5.51 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.57-7.25 (m, 10H);
MS m/z 454 (M+) PREPARATION OF
H
O~ N
Step A: Reductive Cyclization Following the procedure outlined in Example 44, 0.0792 g of the 3-pyridyl derivative prepared in Example 41 was converted to its corresponding benzoxathiin after stirring at ambient temperature for 5 h. The desired product was isolated from the reaction mixture after silica gel chromatography using 30% EtOAc/hexane as the eluant.
500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8):l.l 1 (d, 18H), 1.24 (m, 3H), 4.36 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 5.05 (s, 2H), 5.50 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.77-8.43 (m, 16H).
Step B: Desil. lad Following the procedure outlined in Example 105 (Step B), the dihydrobenzoxathiin generated in Step A above was desilylated to afford the desired product after silica gel chromatography (one elution with 50% EtOAc/hexane followed by a second elution with 30% EtOAc/hexane). 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8): 4.42 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 5.50 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.77-8.43 (m, 16H).
Step C: Mitsunobu reaction Following the procedure detailed in Example 105 (Step C) with the exception that the reaction was allowed to warm from 0 °C to ambient temperature over 4 h, the material prepared in the previous step was converted to the desired product after silica gel chromatography using 10% MeOH/CHZCl2 as the eluant. 1H SOOMHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(S):1.40-2.60 (m, 10H), 2.80 (t, 2H), 4.10 (t, 2H), 4.38 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 5.50 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.77-8.43 (m, 16H).
Step D: Debenzylation Starting with the material prepared in Step C above, and utilizing the procedure outlined in Example 105 (Step D), the corresponding cis-3-pyridyl-dihydrobenzoxathiin adduct was prepared after silica gel chromatography with 10%
MeOH/CHZC12 as the eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.40-2.60 (m, 10H), 2.80 (t, 2H), 4.10 (t, 2H), 4.36 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 5.45 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.59-8.43 (m, 11H); MS m/z 449 (M+) PREPARATION OF
~ ~N
HO ~ S w O
~N~
O
Step A: Reductive Cyclization Following the procedure outlined in Example 44, 0.1871 g of the 4-pyridyl derivative prepared in Example 41 was converted to its corresponding dihydrobenzoxathiin after stirring at ambient temperature for 30 h. The desired product was isolated from the reaction mixture after silica gel chromatography using 30% EtOAc/hexane as the eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8):l.l l (d, 18H), 1.24 (m, 3H), 4.32 (d, 1H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 5.50 (d, 1H), 6.60-8.39 (m, 16H).
Step B: Desilylation Following the procedure outlined in Example 105 (Step B), the dihydrobenzoxathiin generated in Step A above was desilylated to afford the desired product after silica gel chromatography (one elution with 50% EtOAc/hexane followed by a second elution with 30% EtOAc/hexane). 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8): 4.33 (d, 1H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 5.46 (d, 1H), 6.63-8.37 (m, 16H).
Step C: Mitsunobu reaction Following the procedure detailed in Example 105 (Step C) with the exception that the reaction was allowed to warm from 0 °C to ambient temperature over 5 h, the material prepared in the previous step was converted to the desired product after silica gel chromatography (one elution with 10% MeOH/CH2C12 followed by a second elution with 20% EtOAc/CHZC12). 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.40-2.60 (m, 10H), 2.80 (t, 2H), 4.14 (t, 2H), 4.32 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 5.06 (s, 2H), 5.49 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.79-8.38 (m, 16H).
Step D: Debenzylation Starting with the material prepared in Step C above, and utilizing the procedure outlined in Example 105 (Step D), the desired product was obtained as a 4:1 cis/trans mixture after silica gel chromatography (1X elution with 30% EtOAc/hexane followed by a second elution with 10% MeOH/CH2C12).
Cis isomer: 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8):1.40-2.70 (m, 10H), 2.80 (t, 2H), 4.10 (t, 2H), 4.30 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.44 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.59-8.40 (m, 11H).
Trar2s isomer: 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) pprn(8):1.40-2.70 (m, 10H), 2.80 (t, 2H), 4.15 (t, 2H), 4.38 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.92 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.59-8.46 (m, 11H);
MS m/z 449 (M+).
PREPARATION OF
HO \ S
o~N~
Step A: Reduction To a stirred solution of 265.1mg (0.449mmole) of the cyclopentyl-thio-ketone generated in Example 41 in 3mL of methanol-dichloromethane(1:1) at 0 °C
to room temperature was added portion-wise sufficient sodium borohydride to complete the reduction. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate/2N
HCl/ice/
brine, and the organic phase was separated, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated to provide crude cyclopentyl-thin-carbinols, which was used without further purification in the next step.
Step B: Cyclization A mixture of 266mg (0.449mmole) of the crude product, prepared in Step A
above, and 89mg of amberlyst 15 in 3mL of toluene was stirred at ambient temperature for two hours. The resin was removed by filtration and washed well with ethyl acetate.
The filtrate was evaporated and the residue obtained was purified by silica gel chromatography using dichloromethane-hexanes(1:1) as eluant to provide the trans-dihydro-benzoxathiin derivative. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8):1.13 (d, 18H), 1.26-1.94 (m, 12H), 3.64 (dd, J=7.8Hz, 5.5Hz, 1H), 4.78 (d, J=7.8Hz, 1H), 5.02 (s, 2H), 6.6-7.45 (m, 12H).
Step C: Desil, lation Following the procedure outlined in Step B of Example 105, 228.5mg (0.397mmole) of material prepared in the previous step was desilylated to give the corresponding phenol.
Step D: Mitsunobu reaction Following the procedure detailed in Step C of Example 105, the material prepared in the previous step was converted to the corresponding traps-cyclopentyl-dihydrobenzoxathiin adduct. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.39-2.0 (m, 15H), 2..6 (m, 4H), 2.88 (m, 2H), 3.66 (dd, J=7.8Hz, 5.5Hz, 1H), 4.21 (m, 2H), 4.81 (t, J=7.8Hz, 2H), 5.01 (s, 2H), 6.64-7.49 (m, 12H).
Step E: Debenzylation Following the procedure detailed in Step D of Example 105, the material prepared in the previous step was converted to the corresponding trams-cyclopentyl-dihydrobenzoxathiin product. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.29-2.0 (m, 15H), 2.6 (m, 4H), 2.88 (m, 2H), 3.67 (dd, J=8Hz, SHz, 1H), 4.18 (m, 2H), 4.77 (t, J=8Hz, 2H), 6.5 (dd. J= 2.7Hz, 8.7Hz, 1H), 6.65 (d, 2.7Hz, 1H) 6.77 (d, J=8.7Hz, 1H), 6.88 (d, J=7.5Hz, 2H), and 7.27 (d, J=7.5Hz, 2H).
GENERAL PREPARATION OF
H
N
Steps A and B: Reduction and Cyclization Utilizing the thio-ketones prepared in Example 39 and employing the procedures outlined above in Step A and B of Example 110, the following compounds were pr epared:
Tr°ans-cyclohexyl derivative: 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8): 1.14 (d, 18H), 0.98-1.8 (m, 14H), 3.37 (dd, J=2.5Hz, 8.lHz, 1H), 5.01 (s, 2H), 5.05 (d, J=8.lHz, 1H), 6.6-7.44 (m, 12H).
Trains-cyclopentyl derivative: IH 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(b):1.14 (d, 18H), 1.28-1.9 (m, 12H), 4.53 (m, 1H), 4.93 (d,lH), 5.01 (s, 2H), 6.6-7.43 (m, 12H).
Step C: Desilylation Utilizing the traps-dihydrobenzoxathiiins prepared in the previous step and employing the procedure outlined above in Step B of Example 105, the following compounds were prepared:
Traps-cyclohexyl phenol: 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8):1.0-1.8 (m, 11H), 3.3 (m, 1H), 5.05 (s, 2H), 5.1 (d, 1H), 6.6-7.44 (m, 12H).
Traps-cyclopentyl phenol: 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(r5):1.29-2.0 (m, 9H), 3.55 (dd, J=5.7Hz, 7.6Hz, 1H), 4.95 (d, J=7.6Hz, 1H), 5.02 (s, 2H), 6.6-7.45 (m, 12H).
Step D: Mitsunobu reaction:
Utilizing the tra~zs-dihydrobenzoxathiiin phenols prepared in the previous step and employing the procedure outlined above in Step C of Example 105, the following compounds were prepared:
Traps-cyclohexyl adduct: 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.0-1.8 (m, 17H), 2.58 (m, 4H), 2.84 (m, 2H), 3.37 (m, 1H), 4.17 (t, J=6Hz, 2H), 5.0 (s, 2H), 5.08 (d, J=7.8Hz, 1H), 6.6-7.43 (m, 12H).
Traps-cyclopentyl adduct: IH 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(s):1.29-2.0 (m, 15H), 2.58 (m, 4H), 2.84 (m, 2H), 3.55 (m, 1H), 4.17 (m, 2H), 4.94 (d, J=7.3Hz, 1H), 5.0 (s, 2H), 6.6-7.72 (m, 12H).
Step E: Debenz lad Utilizing the traps-dihydrobenzoxathiiin adducts prepared in the previous step and employing the procedure outlined above in Step D of Example 105, the following compounds were prepared:
Trays-cyclohexyl adduct: 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.0-1.8 (m, 17H), 2.58 (m, 4H), 2.86 (m, 2H), 3.33 (m, 1H), 4.16 (m, 2H), 5.08 (d, J=7.8Hz, 1H), 6.4-7.23 (m, 7H).
Traps-cyclopentyl adduct: 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.29-2.0 (m, 15H), 2.68 (m, 4H), 2.94 (m, 2H), 3.51 (m, 1H), 4.2 (m, 2H), 4.95 (d, J=7.4Hz, 1H), 6.45-7.31 (m, 7H).
PREPARATION OF
HO ~ S
O~ N
Step A: Silylation To a stirred solution of the isopropyl-thio-ketone (0.0395 g, 0.097 mmol) generated in Example 42 in distilled THF (1 mL) at 0°C was added 60% NaH in mineral oil (0.0183 g, 0.20 mmol) followed by TIPSCI (0.048 mL, 0.22 mmol). After 35 min., another equivalent of TIPSCI was added to drive the reaction to completion.
The reaction was partitioned between EtOAc and ice/H~O, and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried over NaZS04, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the desired product. The crude material was used in the next step without further purification.
Step B: Reduction To a solution of the crude product (0.097 mmol) prepared in Step A above in distilled THF (1 mL) was added a 1 M solution of super-hydride in THF (0.15 mL, 0.15 mmol) at 0 °C under N2. The reaction mixture was stirred for 20 min. before partitioning between EtOAc and ice/HzO. The organic layer was further washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated i:2 vacuo to give the desired product. The crude material was used in the next step without further purification. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(b): 0.90-1.40 (m, 49H), 1.69 (m, 1H), 3.10 (dd, 1H), 4.60 (d, 1H), 5.05 (s, 2 H), 6.70-7.50 (m, 12H):
Step C: Desilylation To a solution of the material (0.097 mmol) prepared in the previous step in distilled THF (1 mL) was added AcOH (0.018 mL, 0.32 mmol) at 0 °C under Nz followed by the addition of a 1 M solution of TBAF in THF (0.29 mL, 0.29 mmol). After 15 min., the reaction was partitioned between EtOAc and ice/sat. NaHC03. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, and concentrated in vacuo.
Purification by silica gel chromatography using 40% EtOAc/hexane as the eluant afforded the desired product as a yellow foam. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8): 0.92 (d, 3H), 0.98 (d, 3H), 1.59 (m, 1H), 2.86 (dd, 1H), 4.62 (d, 1H), 5.02 (q, 2 H), 6.77-7.45 (m, 12H).
Step D: Cyclization Following the procedure outlined in Example 110 (Step B), the material (0.0366 g, 0.089 mmol) generated in the previous step was converted to its corresponding trans-dihydrobenzoxathiin after stirring for 5 h 15 min. at ambient temperature.
Purification by silica gel chromatography using 30% EtOAc/hexane as the eluant afforded the desired product as a white solid. lH 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8):
0.98 (d, 3H), 1.03 (d, 3H), 1.78 (m, 1H), 3.57 (dd, J=3.7 Hz, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.82 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.02 (s, 2 H), 6.63-7.46 (m, 12H).
Step E: Mitsunobu reaction Following the procedure detailed in Example 105 (Step C), the material (0.0266 g, 0.068 mmol) generated in the previous step was converted to its corresponding trans-isopropyl-dihydrobenzoxathiin adduct after warming from 0 °C to ambient temperature over 4 h 20 min. Purification by silica gel chromatography (one elution with 10% MeOH/CHZCl2 followed by a second elution with 30% EtOAc/hexane) afforded the desired product as a white solid. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(S):
0.98 (d, 3H), 1.02 (d, 3H), 1.29-1.67 (m, 6H), 1.78 (m, 1H), 2.58 (m, 4H), 2.85 (t, 2H), 3.57 (dd, J=3.7 Hz, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (t, 2H), 4.83 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.02 (s, 2 H), 6.63-7.46 (m, 12H).
Step F: Debenzylation Following the procedure detailed in Example 105 (Step D), the material (0.0395 g, 0.068 mmol) generated in the previous step was converted to its corresponding trans-isopropyl-dihydrobenzoxathiin product. Purification was accomplished by silica gel chromatography using 10% MeOH/CH2Ch, as the eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8): 0.98 (d, 3H), 1.02 (d, 3H), 1.29-1.67 (m, 6H), 1.78 (m, 1H), 2.58 (m, 4H), 2.85 (t, 2H), 3.57 (dd, J=3.7 Hz, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (t, 2H), 4.83 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.48-7.29 (m, 7H); MS m/z 414 (M+).
PREPARATION OF
S
HO I / O .','' I ~ O
Step A: Silylation Following the procedure outlined in Example 112 (Step A), the isopropyl-thio-ketone (0.6314 g, 1.5 mmol) generated in Example 40 was silylated. Purification by silica gel chromatography using 30% EtOAc/hexane as the eluant afforded the desired product as a yellow oil. ~H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8): 0.98-1.30 (m, 49H), 2.35 (m, 1H), 4.38 (d, 1H), 4.99 (q, 2H), 6.33-7.79 (m, 12H).
Step B: Reduction Following the procedure outlined in Example 112 (Step B), the material (0.8009 g, 1.1 mmol) isolated in Step A above was reduced to its corresponding alcohol and used without further purification in the next step. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8):
0.98-1.30 (m, 49H), 1.90 (m, 1H), 2.92 (dd, 1H), 4.59 (d, 1H), 5.05 (q, 2 H), 6.47-7.43 (m, 12H).
Step C: Desilylation Following the procedure outlined in Example 112 (Step C), the material (0.022 mmol) isolated in Step B above was deprotected to afford the desired product which was used in the next step without purification.
Step D: Cyclization Following the procedure outlined in Example 110 (Step B), the material generated in the previous step was converted to its corresponding trarzs-dihydrobenzoxathiin after stirring for 22 h at ambient temperature. Purification by silica gel chromatography using 30% EtOAc/hexane as the eluant afforded the desired product as a colorless oil.
1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8): 0.98 (d, 3H), 1.03 (d, 3H), 1.79 (m, 1H), 3.45 (dd, 1H), 4.98 (d, 1H), 5.02 (s, 2 H), 6.59-7.46 (m, 12H); MS m/z 393 (M+).
Step E: Mitsunobu reaction Following the procedure detailed in Example 105 (Step C), the material (0.008 g, 0.020 mmol) generated in the previous step was converted to its corresponding trans-isopropyl-dihydrobenzoxathiin adduct after warming from 0 °C to ambient temperature over 6 h. Purification by silica gel chromatography using 10%
MeOH/CH2Cl2 as the eluant afforded the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8): 0.98 (d, 3H), 1.02 (d, 3H), 1.29-1.67 (m, 6H), 1.79 (m, 1H), 2.58 (m, 4H), 2.81 (t, 2H), 3.50 (dd, J=3.8 Hz, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (t, 2H), 4.97 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 5.01 (s, 2 H), 6.59-7.46 (m, 12H).
Step F: Debenzylation Following the procedure detailed in Example 105 (Step D), the material (0.0085 g, 0.017 mmol) generated in the previous step was converted to its corresponding trans-isopropyl-dihydrobenzoxathiin product. Purification was accomplished by silica gel chromatography using 10% MeOH/CHZC12 as the eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8): 0.98 (d, 3H), 1.02 (d, 3H), 1.49-1.70 (m, 6H), 1.75 (m, 1H), 2.61 (m, 4H), 2.85 (t, 2H), 3.41 (dd, J=3.8 Hz, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (t, 2H), 4.96 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.43-7.26 (m, 7H); MS m/z 414 (M+) Assay Methods The utility of the compounds of the instant invention can be readily determined by methods well known to one of ordinary skill in the art. These methods may include, but are not limited to, the methods described in detail below.
Estrogen Receptor Binding Assay The estrogen receptor ligand binding assays are designed as scintillation proximity assays employing the use of tritiated estradiol and recombinant expressed estrogen receptors. The full length recombinant human ER-a and ER-(3 proteins are produced in a bacculoviral expression system. ER-a, or ER-~i extracts are diluted 1:400 in phosphate buffered saline containing 6 mM oc-monothiolglycerol.
200 ~.L aliquots of the diluted receptor preparation are added to each well of a 96-well Flashplate. Plates are covered with Saran Wrap and incubated at 4 ° C
overnight.
The following morning, a 20 u1 aliquot of phosphate buffered saline containing 10% bovine serum albumin is added to each well of the 96 well plate and allowed to incubate at 4° C for 2 hours. Then the plates are washed with 200 u1 of buffer containing 20 mM Tris (pH 7.2), 1 mM EDTA, 10% Glycerol, 50 mM KCI, and 6 mM oc-monothiolglycerol. To set up the assay in these receptor coated plates, add 178 u1 of the same buffer to each well of the 96 well plate. Then add 20 u1 of a 10 nM solution of 3H-estradiol to each well of the plate.
Test compounds are evaluated over a range of concentrations from 0.01 nM to 1000 nM. The test compound stock,solutions should be made in 100%
DMSO at 100X the final concentration desired for testing in the assay. The amount of DMSO in the test wells of the 96 well plate should not exceed 1%. The final addition to the assay plate is a 2 u1 aliquot of the test compound which has been made up in 100% DMSO. Seal the plates and allow them to equilibrate at room temperature for 3 hours. Count the plates in a scintillation counter equipped for counting 96 well plates.
Ovariectomized Rat Assay In the ovariectorriized (OVX) Rat Assay, estrogen-deficiency is used to induce cancellous osteopenia (e.g. low bone mineral density [BMD; mg/cm2]), associated with accelerated bone resorption and formation. Both the BMD and bone resorption/formation outcomes are used to model the changes in bone that occur as women pass through menopause. The OVX Rat Assay is the principal in vivo assay used by all major academic and industrial laboratories studying the efficacy of new chemical entities in preventing estrogen-deficiency bone loss.
Sprague-Dawley female rats aged 6-8 months are OVXd and, within 24 hours, started on treatment for 42 days with vehicle or multiple doses of test compound. Untreated sham-OVX and alendronate-treated (.003 mg/kg s.c., q.d.) or 17-13-estradiol-treated (.004 mg/kg s.c., q.d.) groups are included as positive controls.
Test compounds may be administered orally, subcutaneously, or by infusion through subcutaneously-implanted minipump. Before necropsy, in vivo dual labeling with calcein (8 mg/kg by subcutaneous injection), a bone seeking fluorochrome, is completed. At necropsy, blood, femurs, a vertebral body segment, and the uterus, are obtained.
The routine endpoints for the OVX Rat Assay include assessments of bone mass, bone resorption, and bone formation. For bone mass, the endpoint is BMD of the distal femoral metaphysis, a region that contains about 20%
cancellous bone. The vertebral segment, a region with ~25% cancellous bone may also be used for BMD determination. The BMD measurement is made by dual energy x-ray absorptiometry (DXA, Hologic 4500A; Waltham, MA). For bone resorption, the endpoint is urinary deoxypyridinoline crosslinks, a bone collagen breakdown product (uDPD; expressed as nM DPD/ nM creatinine). This measurement is made with a commercially available kit (Pyrilinks; Metra Biosystems, Mountain View, CA).
For .bone formation, the endpoints are mineralizing surface and mineral apposition rate, histomorphometric measures of osteoblast number and activity. This measurement is done on 5~,m sections of the non-decalcified proximal tibial metaphysis, using a semi-automated system (Bioquant; R&M Biometrics; Nashville, TN). Similar endpoints and measuring techniques for each endpoint are commonly used in postmenopausal women.
Rat Cholesterol Lowering_Assay Sprague-Dawley rats (5 per group) weighing about 250g were subcutaneously dosed with compounds of the present invention dissolved in propylene glycol for 4 days. A group of 5 rats were dosed with vehicle only.
On the fifth day, rats were euthanized with carbon dioxide and their blood samples were obtained. Plasma levels of cholesterol were assayed from these samples with commercially available cholesterol determination kits from Sigma.
MCF-7 Estro en Dependent Proliferation Assay MCF-7 cells (ATCC #HTB-22) are human mammary gland adenocarcinoma cells that require estrogen for growth. The growth media (GM) for the MCF-7 cells is Minimum Essential Media (without phenol red) supplemented with fetal bovine serum(FBS) to 10%. The FBS serves as the sole source of estrogen and this GM supports the full growth of the cells and is used for the routine growth of the cell cultures. When MCF-7 cells are placed in a media in which 10%
Charcoal-Dextran treated fetal bovine serum (CD-FBS) is substituted for FBS, the cells will cease to divide but will remain viable. The CD-FBS does not contain detectable levels of estrogen and the media containing this sera is referred to as Estrogen Depleted Media (EDM). The addition of estradiol to EDM stimulates the growth of the MCF-cells in a dose dependent manner with an ECSO of 2pM.
Growing MCF-7 cells are washed several times with EDM and the cultures then maintained in EDM for a minimum of 6 days in order to deplete the cells of endogenous estrogen. On day 0 (at the startof the assay), these estrogen depleted cells are plated into 96-well cell culture plates at a density of 1000 cells/well in EDM
in a volume of 180u1/well. On day 1 test compounds are diluted in a 10-fold dilution , series in EDM and 20u1 of these dilutions added to the 180u1 of media in the appropriate well of the cell plate resulting in a further 1:10 dilution of the test compounds. On days 4 and 7 of the assay, the culture supernatant is aspirated and replaced with fresh EDM and test compound dilutions as above. The assay is terminated at day 8-10 when the appropriate controls reach 80-90% confluency.
At this point, the culture supernatants are aspirated, the cells washed 2X with PBS, the wash solution aspirated and the protein content of each well determined. Each drug dilution is evaluated on a minimum of 5 wells and the range of dilution of the test compounds in the assay is O.OOInM to 1000nM. The assay in the above format is employed to determine the estradiol agonist potential of a test compound.
In order to evaluate the antagonist activity of a test compound, the MCF-7 cells are maintained in EDM for a minimum of 6 days. Then on day 0 (at the start of the assay), these estrogen depleted cells are plated into 96-well cell culture plates at a density of 1000 cells/well in EDM in a volume of 180u1/well. On day 1 the test compounds in fresh media containing 3 pM estradiol are applied to the cells. On days 4 and 7 of the assay, the culture supernatant is aspirated and replaced with fresh EDM containing 3 pM estradiol and the test compound. The assay is terminated at day 8-10 when the appropriate controls reach 80-90% confluency and the protein content of each well is determined as above.
Rat endometriosis model Animals:
Species: Rattus norvegicus Strain: Sprague-Dawley CD
Supplier: Charles River Laboratories, Raleigh, NC
Sex: Female Weight : 200 - 240 gram Rats are single-housed in polycarbonate cages and are provided Teklad Global Diet 2016 (Madison, WI) and bottled reverse osmosis purified H20 ad libitum. They are maintained on a12/12 light/dark cycle.
Rats are anesthetized with TelazolTM (20 mg/kg, ip) and oxymorphone (0.2 mg/kg sc) and positioned dorsoventrally on a sterile drape. Body temperature is maintained using a underlying circulating water blanket. The surgical sites are shaved with clippers and cleaned using three cycles of betadine/ isopropyl alcohol or Duraprep~ (3M). The incisional area is covered with a sterile drape.
Using aseptic technique, a 5 cm midline lower abdominal incision is made through the skin, subcutaneous and muscle layers. A bilateral ovariectomy is performed. The left uterine blood vessels are ligated and a 7 mm segment of the left uterine horn is excised. The uterus is closed with 4-0 gut suture. The myometrium is aseptically separated from the endometrium and trimmed to 5X5 mm. The trimmed section of the endometrium is transplanted to the ventral peritoneal wall with the epithelial lining of the segment opposed to the peritoneal wall. The explanted endometrial tissue is sutured at its four corners to the body wall using sterile 6-0 silk.
The abdominal muscular layer is closed using sterile 4-0 chromic gut. The skin incision is closed using sterile stainless surgical clips. A sterile 90-day sustained release estrogen pellet (Innovative Research of America, 0.72 nglpellet;
circulating estrogen equivalent of 200-250 pg/mL) is implanted subcutaneously in the dorsal lateral scapular area. A sterile implantable programmable temperature transponder (IPTT) (B1V>DS, Seaford, DE) is injected subcutaneously in the dorsoscapular region.
The rats are observed until fully ambulatory, and allowed to recover from surgery undisturbed for 3 weeks.
Three weeks after transplantation of the endometrial tissue, the animals undergo a repeat laparotomy using aseptic surgical site preparation and technique. The explant is evaluated for graft acceptance, and the area is measured with calipers and recorded. The animals with rejected grafts are removed from the study. Animals are sorted to create similar average explant volume per group.
Drug or vehicle(control) treatment is initiated one day after the second laparotomy and continued for 14 days. Body temperature is recorded every other day at 10:00 am using the BIV>DS scanner.
At the end of the 14 day treatment period, the animals are euthanized by COZ overdose. Blood is collected by cardiocentesis for circulating estrogen levels.
The abdomen is opened, the explant is examined, measured, excised, and wet weight is recorded. The right uterine horn is excised, and wet and dry weights are recorded.
Pharmaceutical Composition As a specific embodiment of this invention, 25 mg of the compound from Example 71, is formulated with sufficient finely divided lactose to provide a total amound of 5~0 to 590 mg to fill a size 0, hard-gelatin capsule.
Sten C
To a mixture of the compound from Step B (0.5g, 1.16mmole) in 100mL of anhydrous THF was added 0.39g (1.16mmole) of trimethylphenylammonium perbromide (PTAB) at 0°C. The ice-water bath was removed, and the mixture was stirred further for one hour. The solution was then filtered and washed with water and brine and dried over Mg504. Removal of the solvent afforded the mixture of bromo-ketones (MOM group was partially removed), which was used without further purification due to their instability toward chromatography.
Bromoketone with MOM group: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 8.0 (d, 2H), 7.4 (d, 2H), 6.88 (d, 2H), 6.86 (d, 2H), 6.36 (s, 1H), 1.24 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H);
Bromoketone without MOM group: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.94 (d, 2H), 7.4 (d, 2H), 6.88 (d, 2H), 6.86 (d, 2H), 6.36 (s, 1H), 1.24 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
IPS
The required bromoketone was prepared using the procedure in Example 12 (Step C).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) ~ (ppm) 7.94 (d, 2H), 7.56 (m, 2H), 7.38 (m, 3H), 6.9 (d, 2H), 6.36 (s, 2H), 1.28 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
'S
The required bromoketone was prepared using the procedure in Example 12 (Step C).
'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm) 7.9 (d, 2H), 7.5 (d, 2H), 6.9 (d & d, 4H), 6.4 (s, 1H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 1.28 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, I8H).
PREPARATION OF
St_ ep A
To a stirred solution of a mixture of the O.lg (0.37mmole) mono phenolic compound from Step A in Example 12 and diisopropylethylamine (0.13mL, 2eq) in 5mL of DMF
at room temperature was added slowly neat MOMCl (0.05mL, 2eq), and the mixture was heated at 85°C under NZ fox three hours. The mixture was then poured into a saturated NaHC03 solution, extracted with EtOAc, washed with water, and dried over MgS04. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/Hexane =1:1) to provide the pure bis-protected MOM
product, as a solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 8.0 (d, 2H), 7.19(d, 2H), 7.10 (d, 2H), 7.02 (d, 2H), 5.23 (s, 2H), 5.2 (s, 2H), 4.2 (s, 2H), 3.5 (two s, 6H).
Step B
The product of Step A was treated with bromine to give the bromoketone. 1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 8.0 (d, 2H), 7.45(d, 2H), 7.10 (two d, 4H), 6.4 (s, 1H), 5.23 (two s, 4H), 3.5 (two s, 6H).
GENERAL PREPARATION OF
PS
MOM
To a stirred, freshly prepared solution of 2-thiophenol (0.2g, l.6mmole) and Et3N
(0.34mL, 2eq) in l5mL DMF at 0°C was slowly added a solution of 0.627g (1.232mmole) of bromoketone (prepared from Step C in Example 12) in l3mL of DMF. The reaction mixture was stirred for three hours at room temperature and was then partitioned between saturated NaHC03 and EtOAc, the layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted again with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried (NaZS04), filtered, and evaporated isa vacuo. The resulting oil was purified by flash chromatography (EtOAc/Hex=1/4) to provide the desired product as an oil.
1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d~) ~ (ppm): 8.0 (d, 2H), 7.2-6.6 (m, 8H), 6.8 (d, 2H), 6.2 (s, 1H), 5.24 (s, 2H), 3.4 (s, 3H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H); MS m/z 575 (M++23).
CYCLIZATION OF COUPLED PRODUCT
MOM OM
MOM
OM
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16, 1,2-dihydroxybenzene and the bromide of Example 15 was converted to the product which was purified by silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/4) as eluant. MS m/z 448 (M++23).
PREPARATION OF
PS PS
A
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using 0.83g (3.6mmole) of 4-benzyloxy-thiophenol, prepared from Example 1, product A and product B were obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant.
A: 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d6) 8 (ppm): 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.8 (d, 2H), 7.4 (m, SH), 6.98 (d, 2H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 6.75 (d & d, 4H), 6.0 ( s, 1H), 5.62 (s, 1H), 5.0 (s, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.15 (d, 18H).
B: 'H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d~) 8 (ppm): 8.0 (d, 2H), 7.5 (m, 5H), 7.18 (d, 2H), 7.04 (d, 2H), 6.96 (d, IH), 6.8 (d, 2H), 6.56 (d, 1H), 6.32 (dd, IH), 6.1 (s, 1H), 5.25 (s, 2H), 5.09 (s, 1H), 3.4 (s, 3H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
TI
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using 1.1g (2.3mmole) of the bromoketone from Example 14, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d~) 8 (ppm): 8.46 (br s, 1H), 7.98 (d, 2H), 7.48-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.24 (d, 2H), 7.4 (d, 1H), 6.92 (d, 2H), 6.82 (d, ZH), 6.56 (d, 1H), 6.38 (dd, 1H), 6.1 (s, 1H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 1.25 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using 0.748 (l.5mmole) of the bromoketone from Example 12 (Step C), the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d~) 8 (ppm): 7.92 (d, 2H), 7.46-7.1 (m, 5H), 7.18 (d, 2H), 6.84 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.42 (d, 1H), 6:36 (d, 1H), 5.98 (s, 1H), 5.02 (s, 2H), 2.2 (s, 3H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
PS
H
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using 0.8g (1.57mmole) of the bromolcetone from Example 12 (Step C) with the thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d~) 8 (ppm): 7.9 (d, 2H), 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.12 (d, 2H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 6.84 (d, 2H), 6.79 (d, 2H), 6.4 (d, 1H), 6.0 (s, 1H), 5.1 (s, 2H), 2.1 (s, 3H), 1.25 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
PS
H
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using 0.56g (l.lmmole) of the bromolcetone from Example 12 (Step C) with 0.19g (0.73mmole) of thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d~) b (ppm): 7.9 (d, 2H), 7.48-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.16 (d, 2H), 6.84 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.42 (d, 1H), 6.38 (d, 1H), 5.96 (s, 1H), 5.1 (s, 2H), 2.6 (q, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H), 1.1 (t, 3H).
PREPARATION OF
IPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using 2.048 (4.33mmole) of the bromolcetone from Example 12 (Step C) with the thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. ~H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d6) 8 (ppm): 7.9 (d, 2H), 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.12 (d, 2H), 6.92 (d, 1H), 6.84 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.42 (d, 1H), 6.0 (s, 1H), 5.1 (s, 2H), 2.7 (q, 2H), 1.24 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d & t, 21H).
PREPARATION OF
TfPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using 2.0g (4.33mmole) of the bromoketone from Example 12 (Step C) with the thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAcihexane (1/5) as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-db) 8 (ppm): 7.8 (d, 2H), 7.62 (d, 2H), 7.48-7.3 (m, 8H), 7.12 (d, 2H), 6.8 (d, 2H), 6.76 (2H, d), 6.28 (d, 1H), 6.18 (d, 1H), 6.0 (s, 1H), 5.24 (s, 2H), 5.05 (s, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
TI
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using 1.6g (3.51mmole) of the bromoketone from Example 13 with the thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d~) 8 (ppm): 8.0 (d, 2H), 7.5-7.2 (m, 10H), 7.0 (d,~ 1H), 6.92 (d, 2H), 6.54 (d, 1H), 6.35 (dd, 1H), 6.12 (s, 1H), 5.06 (s, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
I
TIPSO \ I S
HO ~ ~ OBn Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using 2.6g (5.82mmole) of the bromoketone from Example 13 with the thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d~) 8 (ppm): 8.0 (d, 2H), 7.4-7.2 (m, 10H), 6.94 (d, 2H), 6.84-6.74 (m, 3H), 6.24 (s, 1H), 4.85 (s, 2H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
F
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using the bromoketone from Example 12 (Step C) with the thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as the eluant. ~H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d~) 8 (ppm): 8.0 (d, 2H), 7.4-7.2 (m, 7H), 7.0 (m, 5H), 6.54 (d, 1H), 6.28 (dd, 1H), 6.14 (s, 1H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
O
TI PSO ~ I S F
HO
OBn Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using the bromoketone from Example 13 with the appropriate thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAclhexane (1/5) as the eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) ~ (ppm) 8.28 (s, 1H), 7.82 (d, 2H), 7..40 (m, 5H), 7.22 (m, 5H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 6.40 (d, 1H), 6.21 (dd, 1H), 5.80 (s, 1H), 5.00 (s, 2H), 1.24 (m, 3H), 1.10 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
O
/ \
TIP ~ ' S CI
SO
HO
OBn Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using the bromoketone from Example 13 with the appropriate thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after Si02 using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. 1H
NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm) 8.19(s, 1H), 7.82(d, 2H), 7.40(m, 5H), 7.24(m, 5H), 6.80(d, 2H), 6.64(d, 1H), 6.44(d, 1H), 5.84(s, 1H), 5.00(s, 2H), 1.23(m, 3H), 1.10(m, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
IPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using the bromoketone from Example 12 with the thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.81 (d, 2H), 7.40 (m, 5H), 7.02 (d, 2H), 6.75 (d, 4H), 6.36 (d, 1H), 6.20 (dd, 1H), 5.78 (s, 1H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (m, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
PS
OBn Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using the bromoketone from Example 12 with the thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) ~ (ppm): 8.24 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, 2H), 7.40 (m, 5H), 7.10 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 4H), 6.62 (d, 1H), 6.42 (d, 1H), 5.84 (s, 1H), 4.98 (s, 2H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (m, 18H); MS m/z 650 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
IPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using the bromoketone from Example 12 with the thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. 'H NMR (500 MHz, acetone-d~) 8 (ppm): 7.95 (d, 2H), 7.40 (m, 5H), 7.20 (d, 2H), 6.80 (m, 7H), 6.20.(s, 1H), 4.85 (s, 2H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (m, 18H); MS
mlz 616 (M++1).
~ EXAMPLE 33 PREPARATION OF
TIPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 169 and using the bromoketone from Example 12 with the thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) ~ (ppm): 7.82 (d, 2H), 7.40 (m, 5H), 7.05 (d, 2H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 6.80 (d, 4H), 6.52 (s, 1H), 5.64 (s, 1H), 5.00 (s, 2H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (m, 18H); MS mlz 629 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
IPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using the bromoketone from Example 12 with the thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) S (ppm: 8.24 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, 2H), 7.40 (m, 5H), 7.10 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.76 (d, 2H), 6.64 (d, 2H), 6.45 (d, 2H), 5.86 (s, 1H), 4.98 (s, 2H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (m, 18H); MS m/z 650 (M*+1).
PREPARATION OF
TIPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using the bromoketone from Example 12 with the thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 7.82 (d, 2H), 7.40 (m, 5H), 7.24 (m, 3H), 7.20 (d, 2H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 6.58 (d, 2H), 5.65 (s, 1H), 4.80 (d, 2H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (m, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
TI
Bn CI
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and the bromoketone from Example 13 with the thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant.
NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.82 (d, 2H), 7.40 (m, 5H), 7.25 (m, 3H), 7.20 (d, 2H), 7.00 (d, 1H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 6.60 (d, 1H), 5.78 (s, 1H), 4.78 (d, 2H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (m, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
O
T TIPSO ~ S CI
n HO ~ ~ OBn I II
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using the bromoketone from Example 13 with the mixture of the two thiophenol derivatives prepared from Example l, the two desired products I and II were obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant.
I: 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.80 (d, 2H), 7.40 (m, 5H), 7.25 (m, 3H), 7.16 (d, 2H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 6.60 (s, 1H), 5.78 (s, 1H), 4.80 (d, 2H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (m, 18H).
II: 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) b (ppm): 7.80 (d, 2H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.44 (d, 1H), 7.40 (m, 5H), 7.25 (m, 5H), 6.96 (d, 1H), 6.80 (m, 3H), 6.00 (s, 1H), 5.15 (s, 2H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (m, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
TIP
Following the procedure outlined in Example 16 and using the bromoketone from Example 12 with the thiophenol derivative prepared from Example 1, the desired product was obtained after silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexane (1/5) as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.80 (d, 2H), 7.40 (m, 5H), 7.14 (m, 2H), 6.96 (m, 2H), 6.84 (m, 2H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.70 (d, 1H), 5.68 (s, 1H), 4.86 d, 2H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (m, 18H).
GENERAL PREPARATION OF
OTIPS
S
O
Ph~O \ OH
Utilizing the bromides prepared in the Example 10 and the appropriate mercaptan prepared in Example 1 and employing the procedure outlined in Example 16 the following compounds were prepared:
Cyclohexyl derivative: use methylene chloride/hexanes(3:1) as the chromatography eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8): 1.12 (d, 18H), 1.11-2.34 (m, 15H), 4.19 (d, 1H), 5.0 (s, 2H), 6.44 (dd, 1H), 6.54 (d, 1H), 6.86 (m, 3H), 7.25-7.72' (m, 7H).
Cyclopentyl derivative: use methylene chloride/hexanes(2:1) as the chromatography eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(~):1.12 (d, 18H), 1.28-2.49 (m, 12H), 4.18 (d, 1H), 5.0 (s, 2H), 6.45-7.77 (m, 12H).
PREPARATION OF
OH
S
O
Ph~O \ OH
Utilizing the bromide prepared in Example 11 and the appropriate mercaptan prepared in Example 1 and employing the procedure outlined in Example 9, the desired product was obtained as a yellow oil in 77% yield after silica gel chromatography with 30% EtOAc/hexane as the eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8): 1.00 (d, 3H), 1.21 (d, 3 H), 2.30 (m, 1H), 4.13 (d, 1H), 4.99 (s, 2H), 6.41-7.72 (m, 12H), 8.02 (bs, 1H), 8.80 (bs, 1H); MS m/z 409 (M+) GENERAL PREPARATION OF
/ OTIPS
Ph~O / S
O
OH
Utilizing the bromides prepared in Example 10 and the appropriate mercaptan prepared in Example 1 and employing the procedure outlined in Example 16 the following compounds were prepared:
Cyclohexyl derivative: use methylene chloride/hexanes(3:1) as the chromatography eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8): 1.12 (d, 18H), 1.11-2.3 (m, 15H), 4.24 (d, 1H), 4.89 (m, 2H), 6.8-7.6 (m, 12H).
Cyclopentyl derivative: use methylene chloride/hexanes(2:1) as the chromatography eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.12 (d, 18H), 1.26-2.12 (m, 11H), 2.5 (m, 1H), 4.24 (d, 1H), 4.9 (m, ZH), 6.8-7.69 (m, 12H).
4-Pyridyl derivative: isolated as a yellow oil using 30% EtOAc/hexane as the chromatography eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8):1.12 (d, 18H), 1.28 (m, 3H), 4.84 (q, 2 H), 4.88 (s, 1H), 5.63 (s, 1H), and 6.69-8.50 (m, 16H).
3-Pyridyl derivative: isolated as a yellow oil using 30% EtOAc/hexane as the chromatography eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.12 (d, 18H), 1.28- (m, 3H), 4.84 (q, 2H), 4.90 (s, 1H), 5.79 (s, 1H), and 6.70-8.50 (m, 16H).
PREPARATION OF
OH
Ph~O , S
O
OH
Utilizing the bromide prepared in Example 11 and the appropriate mercaptan prepared in Example 1 and employing the procedure outlined in Example 16, the desired product was obtained as a yellow oil after silica gel chromatography with 30%
EtOAc/hexane as the eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8): 1.02 (d, 3H), 1.21 (d, 3 H), 2.34 (m, 1H), 4.13 (d, 1H), 4.90 (q, 2H), 6.25 (bs, 1H), 6.79-7.70 (m, 12H).
PREPARATION OF
S / , OTIPS
HO / S
O
\ OH
Utilizing the appropriate bromide prepared in Example 10 and the mercaptoquinol [prepared according to the method of Burton, etal, J. Clzem. Soc., 1952, 2193]
and employing the procedure outlined in Example 16, the desired product was obtained as an orangelred oil after silica.gel chromatography with 30% EtOAc/hexane as the eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8): 1.10 (d, 18H), 1.27 (m, 3H), 6.00 (s, 1H), and 6.76-7.89 (m, 10H); MS m/z 515 (M+).
PREPARATION OF
PS
To a flask charged with 0.1 g (0. l6mmole) of thio-lcetone generated in Example 22 in dichloromethane (ca 0.04M) was slowly added trifluoroacetic acid(TFA) (2 X
0.062mL, l0eq) under an N2 atmosphere at room temperature. To the stirred reaction mixture was slowly added triethylsilane (2 X 0.05mL, 4eq) and the resulting mixture until starting material was consumed (approximately 5-6 hours, as monitored by TLC). The reaction mixture was poured into saturated NaHC03lice water, stirred minutes, and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic extract was washed with brine (2 X 50mL), dried with Na2S04, and concentrated in vacuo to afford a light yellow oil. Purification via flash chromatography (EtOAclHex=1:5) provided the desired compound as an oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) ~ (ppm): 7.44 (m, 5H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 6.90 (d, 2H), 6.75 (d, 2H), 6.68 (d, 2H), 6.65 (d, 1H), 6.63 (d, 2H), 5.51 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 5.10 (s, 2H), 4.74 (brs, 1H), 4.32 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 2.77 (qd, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.08 (d, 18H), 1.1 (m, 3H); MS m/z 628.5 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
'TIPS PS
H OM
Utilizing the procedure from Example 44, the desired dihydrobenzoxathiin without MOM protection was isolated after purification by silica gel chromatography with 10% EtOAc/hexane. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.2-6.98 (m, 4H), 6.85 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.66 (two d, 4H), 5.5 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.8 (s, 1H), 4.33 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H); MS m/z 515 (M++23).
The other dihydrobenzooxathiin with MOM protection was also isolated. 1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.2-6.6 (m, 8H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.66 (d, 2H), 5.5 (d, J=2.4Hz, 1H), 5.14 (s, 2H), 4.35 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 3.48 (s, 3H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
M
Utilizing the procedure from Example 71 (Step C), the dihydrobenzoxathiin generated from Example 45, was desilylated to give the product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) (ppm): 7.2-6.96 (m, 4H), 6.92 (two d, 4H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.6 (d, 2H), 5.52 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 4.68 (br s, 1H), 4.38 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 3.48 (s, 3H).
PREPARATION OF
The ketone generated in Example 17 was converted to the desired product following the procedure described in Example 44 with the exception that 5 equivalents of TFA
and 2 equivalents of Et3SiH was necessary to drive the reaction to completion.
The MOM group was removed with mild acid treatment (2N-HCI, 75°C) to give the desired product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.0 (m, 4H), 6.85 (d, 2H), 6.65 (d, 2H), 5.38 (s, 2H); MS m/z 343 (M++23).
PREPARATION OF
"TIPS
H
The lcetone generated in Example 18 was converted to the dihydrobenzoxathiin utilizing the procedure from Example 44 with the exception that 20 equivalents of TFA and 15 equivalents of Et3SiH were necessary to drive the reaction to completion.
The desired product was,isolated after purification by silica gel chromatography using 10% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) S (ppm): 7.5-7.34 (m, 5H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 6.84 (d, 2H), 6.76 (d, 2H), 6.7 (dd, 1H), 6.67 (d, 1H), 6.68 (two d, 4H), 5.5 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 5.04 (br q, 2H), 4.68 (s, 1H), 4.3 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H); MS m/z 515 (M++23).
PREPARATION OF
a B
IPS
The ketone generated in Example 19 was converted to the dihydrobenzoxathiin utilizing the procedure from Example 44 With the exception that the reaction was run at -10°C for 48 hours in the presence of 20 equivalents of TFA and 2 equivalents of Et3SiH. The desired product [with 20% recovered starting material] was isolated after purification by silica gel chromatography using 10% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H
NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.1-6.6 (m, 11H), 5.54 (d, J=l.9Hz, 1H), 5.06 (dd, 2H), 4.32 (d, 1H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
IPS
Bn Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the lcetone derivative in Example 20, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.46-7.32 (m, 5H), 6.84 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.66 (two d, 4H), 6.62 (d, 1H), 6.57 (d, 1H), 5.3 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.35 (d, 1H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
IPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 21, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 6.76 (d, 2H), 6.6 (m, SH), 5.51 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 5.1 (s, 2H), 4.8 (s, 1H), 4.32 (d, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
S
Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 22, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H),.6.85 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.66 (m, 5H), 6.56 (d, 1H), 5.48 (d, J=2.OHz, 1H), 5.04 (br q, 2H), 4.74 (br s, 1H), 4.34 (d, J=2.OHz, 1H), 2.64 (q, 2H), 1.3 (t, 3H), 1.24 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
IPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 23, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm: 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 6.9 (d, 2H), 6.74 (d, 2H), 6.7-6.6 (three d, 5H), 5.5 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 5.1 (s, 2H), 4.74 (br s, 1H), 4.32 (d, J=2.4Hz, 1H), 2.79 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d & t, 21H); MS m/z 628.5 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
ir5 Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 24, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAclhexane as eluant.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m,lOH), 6.84 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.66 (two d, 4H), 6.38 (s, 2H), 5.48 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 5.14 (s, 2H), 5.0 (q, 2H), 4.76 (br s, 1H), 4.32 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
IPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative obtained from Example 25, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) S (ppm): 7.5-7.32 (m, 5H), 7.2-7.1 (m, 4H), 6.9-6.82 (m, 4H), 6.76-6.7 (m, 4H), 5.56 (d, 1H), 5.06 (br q, 2H), 4.36 (d, 1H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
TIPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 44, with the exception that the reaction was run at 0°C for three hours, and using 1.7g(2.83mmole) of the ketone derivative obtained from Example 26, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.34 (m, 5H), 7.2-7.1 (m, 3H), 6.94 (d, 1H), 6.9-6.82 (m, 5H), 6.4 (m, 3H), 5.48 (d, J=l.9Hz, 1H), 5.05 (s, 2H), 4.36 (d, J=l.9Hz, 1H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
_77_ PREPARATION OF
B
Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative obtained from Example 27, the desired product was obtained, which was subsequently desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as an oil after purification by silica gel chromatography using 15% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) ~ (ppm): 7.5-7.32 (m, 5H), 7.09 (d, 1H), 6.9-6.8 (m, 6H), 6.73-6.7 (m, 4H), 5.52 (d, 1H), 5.04 (br q, 2H), 4.34 (d, 1H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
PS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 28, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) S
(ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.22-7.10 (m, 3H), 6.90-6.80 (2d, 4H), 6.75 (d, 2H), 6.55 (d, 2H), 5.55 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 5.05 (d, 2H), 4.40 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
_ 78 _ PREPARATION OF
CI
S
Bn0 ~ O
OT
IPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 29, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 'H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.22-7.10 (m, 3H), 6.90-6.80 (2d, 4H), 6.73 (d, 2H), 6.64 (d, 2H), 5.50 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 5.05 (d, 2H), 4.43 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
B
1~
TIPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 30, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5°7o EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.68 (d, 2H), 6.64 (d, 2H), 6.62 (d, 2H), 6.46 (d, 2H), 5.44 (d, J=l.9Hz, 1H), 5.02 (d, 2H), 4.30 (d, J=2.OHz, 1H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.10 (d, 18H); MS m/z 618 (M++1).
PS
Bn Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 31, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5°Io EtOAc/hexane as eluant. ~H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm: 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 6.86 (d, 1H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.76 (d, 2H), 6.70 (d, 1H), 6.67(d, 2H), 6.65(d, 2H), 5.44 (d, J=2.OHz, 1H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 4.38 (d, J=l.9Hz, 1H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (d, 18H); MS m/z 634 (M~+1).
PREPARATION OF
PS
Bn Following the procedure outlined in. Example 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 32, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 6.94 (d, lIi), 6.85 (d, 2H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 6.74 (dd, 2H), 6.65(m, 4H), 5.43 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 5.05 (d, 2H), 4.30 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
PREPARATION OF
""IPS
B
Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 33, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 6.88 (s, 1H), 6.84 (d, 2H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.70 (d, 2H), 6.68 (d, 2H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 5.50 (d, 1H), 5.05 (s, 2H), 4.43 (d, 1H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
PS
C
Bn Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 34, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) S
(ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.68 (d, 2H), 6.64 (m, 4H), 5.44 (d, J=2.OHz, 1H), 5.05 (d, 2H), 4.28 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
IPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 35, the desired product was obtained after purification silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.05-7.20 (m, 4H), 6.90 (d, 2H), 6.88 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.70 (d, 1H), 6.65 (d, 1H), 5.30 (d, J=l.BHz, 1H), 5.05 (d, 2H), 4.20 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
Bn ~ IPS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 36, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.05-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.10 (m, 2H), 6.98 (d, 2H), 6.88 (m, 2H), 6.80 (m, 1H), 6.60 (d, 1H), 5.56 (d, J=l.BHz, 1H), 5.05 (d, 2H), 4.44 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
PS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the lcetone derivative from Example 37(I), the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.55 (d, 2H), 7.45 (t, 2H), 7.35 (t, 1H), 7.20 (d, 1H), 7.15 (m, 3H), 6.88 (d, 2H), 6.84 (d, 3H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 5.46 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 5.15 (s, 2H), 4.39 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (d, 18H).
PREPARATION OF
IPS
Following the procedure outlined in 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 37(II), the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) S
(ppm): 7.55 (d, 2H), 7.45 (t, 2H), 7.35 (t, 1H), 7.20 (d, 1H), 7.15 (t, 2H), 6.80-6.90 (m, 4H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.76 (d, 2H), 5.42 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 5.18 (s, 2H), 4.42 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 1.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (d, 18H).
PS
Following the procedure outlined in Example 44 and using the ketone derivative from Example 38, the desired product was obtained after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.36-7.50 (m, 5H), 6.96 (d, 2H), 6.80-6.90 (m, 4H), 6.70-6.78 (m, 5H), 5.42 (d, J=2.IHz, 1H), 5.18 (s, 2H), 4.38 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), I.23 (m, 3H), 1.10 (d, 18H).
CHIRAL SEPARATION OF
f PS
B
Each enantiomer of the racemic dihydrobenzoxathiin, obtained from Example 62, was obtained via chiral chromatography using a Chiralpak AD column, with 30%
isopropanol in hexane as the eluant.
The fast moving isomer: [oc]D= +18.44°(c=0.725, MeOH).
The slow moving isomer: [cx]D= -18.85°(c=0.74, MeOH).
PREPARATION OF
GENERAL PREPARATION OF TWINS
PREPARATION OF
OH
S
i NO ~ O
O
Step A
To a stirred solution of a mixture of dihydrobenzoxathiin (60mg, 0.1 mmole), obtained from Example 48 (which was dried by the azeotropic method prior to use), triphenylphosphine (157mg, 0.6mmole), and I-piperidineethanol (0.08mL, 0.6mmole) in 4mL of anhydrous THF at 0°C was added dropwise 0.118mL (0.6mmole)of diisopxopyl azodicarboxylate (DIAD) over 0.2 hours. The resulting pale yellow solution was stirred at room temperature for 2-3 hours. The volatile components were removed in vacuo and the residue purified by flash chromatography (EtOAclhexane=1:5, followed by 2-3% MeOH/dichloromethane) to give desired product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC23) S (ppm): 7.5-7.34 (m, 5H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 6.86 (d, 2H), 6.78-6.64 (m, 8H), 5.5 (d, 1H), 5.01 (br q, 2H), 4.3 (d, 1H), 4.2 (t, 2H), 2.75 (t, 2H), 2.5 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.48 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H); MS m/z 712.4 (M~+1).
Step B
To a stirred solution of the adduct (7lmg, 0.098mmole), generated in Step A, in 2mL
of EtOH/EtOAc/HZO (7:2:1) was added l3mg (I.2eq) of palladium black and ammonium formate (62mg, l0eq).The resulting mixture was heated at 80°C
and .
monitored by TLC. After 3hours, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, filtered through a pad of Celite to remove the catalyst, and the filtrate was partitioned between water and EtOAc. The organic phase was separated, dried over MgS04 and concentrated in vacuo to give desired product. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI;) S (ppm): 7.01 (d, 1H), 6.8 (d, 2H), 6.75 (d, 2H), 6.66 (two d, 4H), 6.54 (dd, 1H), 6.5 (d, 1H), 5.45 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.28 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.6 (br 5, 4H), 1.68 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
Step C
To a stilled solution of a mixture of the debenzylated product generated in Step B and HOAc (l0eq) in mL of THF was added a solution of tetrabutylammonium fluoride (3eq) in THF at room temperature. The resulting solution was allowed to stir for two hours at room temperature and then poured into saturated aqueous NaHC03 and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgS04, filtered, and evaporated. Purification by silica gel chromatography using 5-7°7o MeOH
in methylene chloride as eluant afforded the desired product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm): 6.95 (d, 2H), 6.92 (d, 1H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.71 (d, 2H), 6.48 (d, 2H), 6.47 (d, 1H), 6.44 (dd, 1H), 5.47 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.37 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.1 (t, 2H), 2.85 (t, 2H), 2.65 (br s, 4H), 1.66 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H).
PREPARATION OF
/ Vt1 S
HO ~ O
Et I / ~ N
O
Step A
Using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A), the dihydrobenzoxathiin obtained from Example 53 was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol. After purification by silica gel chromatography, using 3°Io MeOH/CH2Clz as eluant, the desired adduct was obtained. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 6.98 (d, 1H), 6.92 (d, 2H), 6.74 (two d, 4H), 6.65 (d, 1H), 6.62 (d, 2H), 5.5 (d, 1H), 5.1 (s, 2H), 4.31 (d, 1H), 4.09 (m, 2H), 2.75 (t, 2H), 2.55 (m, 2H), 2.5 (m, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.45 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (m, 21H).
St_ ep B
The adduct generated in Step A was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B) to give the desired product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) $
(ppm): 6.92 {d, IH), 6.89 (d, 2H), 6.72 (d & d, 4H), 6.62 {d, 2H), 6.5 (d, 1H), 5.5 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.3 (d, J=2.2Hz, IH), 4.I (m, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.68 (m, 2H), 2.58 (br s, 4H), 1.64 (m, 4H), 1.48 (m, 2H), 1.2 (m, 3H), 1.09 (d & m, 21H).
St_ ep C
The debenzylated product from Step B was desilylated using the procedure described 20 in Example 71 (Step C). The desixed product was obtained as a white solid.
jH NMR
(400 MHz, CD30D) ~ (ppm): 7.0 (d, 2H), 6.79 (d, 2H), 6.76 (d, 1H), 6.71 (d, 2H), 6.47 (d, 3H), 5.46 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.38 (d, 1H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.5 (m, 2H), 2.6 (m, 4H), 1.62 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H), 1.1 (t, 3H); MS mlz 493.2 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
OH
~, N
O
S te~Ay The dihydrobenzoxathiin obtained from Example 45 was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography using 3% MeOH/CHZCIa as eluant, the desired adduct was obtained. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) & (ppm): 7.14-6.92 (m, 4H), 6.8 (d, 2H), 6.76 (d, 2H), 6.72 (d, 2H), 6.64 (d, 2H), 5.48 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.34 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.1 (m, 2H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 2.6 (m, 4H), 1.65 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
Step B
The adduct from Step A was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 7,1 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm): 7.14-6.92 (m, 4H), 6.06 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.72 (d, 2H), 6,48 (d, 2H), 5.48 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.44 (d, 1H), 4.1 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.58 (br s, 4H), 1.64 (m, 4H), 1.S (m, 2H); MS m/z 450.2 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
OH
~I
s O
Step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin obtained from Example 46 was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2CI2, the desired adduct was obtained as an oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S (ppm): 7.14-6.94 (m, 4H), 6.96 (d, 2H), 6.84 (two d, 4H), 6.66 (d, 2H), 5.5 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 5.12 (s, 2H), 4.5 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.04 (t, 2H), 3.42 (s, 3H), 2.75 (t, 2H), 2.55 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.48 (m, 2H); MS m/z 495.2 (M++1).
Step $
The adduct (l0mg, 0.02 mmole) from Step A was deprotected with TFA (l0eq) and MeOH (6eq) in CH2Clz at room temperature to afford the desired product. 1H NMR
(400 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm): 7.14-6.92 (m, 4H), 6.84 (two d, 4H), 6.66 (d, 2H), 6.6 (d, 2H), 5.45 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.45 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.6 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H) ; MS m/z 450.2 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
_88_ OH
O
\ O
~\,~ N
O
The dioxane derivative obtained from Example47 was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A) to give the product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm): 7.04 (d, 2H), 6.98-6.84 (m, 4H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.74 (d, 1H), 6.63 (d, 2H), 6.56 (d, 2H), 5.36 (d, 1H), 5.33 (d, J=3.OHz, 1H), 4.02 (m, 2H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 2.6 (br s, 4H), 1.62 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS
m/z 432 (M+).
PREPARATION OF
OMe S
HO \ O \
.o step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin generated from Example 49 was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 6.9 (d, 2H), 6.88 (d, 2H), 6.68 (m, 6H), 5.53 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.33 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H).
St_ e~B
The desilylated product obtained from Step A was coupled-with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2C12, the desired adduct was obtained. ~H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCl3) ~ (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 6.9 (d, 2H), 6.84 (d, 2H), 6.76 (d, 2H), 6.66 (m, 4H), 5.52 (d, 1.H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 4.32 (d, 1H), 4.06 (t, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 2.75 (t, 2H), 2.5 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.45 (m, 2H).
St_ ep C
The adduct generated in Step B was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B) to give the product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm):
6.96 (d, 2H), 6.92 (d, 1H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.63 (d, 2H), 6.48 (dd, 1H), 6.44 (d, 1H), 5.5 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.42 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.59 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.48 (m, 2H); MS m/z 479.4 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
Me . / OH
S
HO ~ O
O
St_ ep A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin obtained from Example 50 was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography With 3% MeOHICHZCl2, the desired adduct was obtained. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) b (ppm): 6.83 (d, 2H), 6.75 (d, 2H), 6.69 (d, 2H), 6.62 (d, 2H), 6.5 (d, 1H), 6.48 (d, 1H), 5.42 (br s, 1H), 4.3 (br s, 1H), 4.06 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.5 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.44 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
Step B
The adduct generated in Step A was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B).
Step C
The debenzylated product from Step B was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H
NMR
(400 MHz, CD30D) S (ppm): 6.94 (d, 2H), 6.76 (d, 2H), 6.7 (d, 2H), 6.49 (d, 2H), 6.4 (d, 1H), 6.32 (d, 1H), 5.43 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.4 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, ZH), 2.6 (br s, 4H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 1.64 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS mlz 479.2 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
V Yi S
HO \ O
Me I / ~ N
O
Step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin obtained from Example 51 was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2C12, the desired adduct was obtained.
S tep B
The adduct generated in Step A was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B). After purification by silica gel chromatography using 5%
MeOH/CHZCl2 as the eluant, the desired product was obtained as an oil. 1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 6.9 (d, 2H), 6.89 (d, 1H), 6.73 (m, 4H), 6.62 (d, 2H), 6.52 (d, 1H), 5.5 (d, 1H), 4.3 (d, 1H), 4.1 (br s, 2H), 2.8 (br t, 2H), 2.6 (br s, 4H), 2.2 (s, 3H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
Step C
The debenzylated product from Step B was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 'H
NMR
(400 MHz, CD30D) ~ (ppm): 7.02 (d, 2H), 6.76 (d, ZH), 6.7 (d, 2H), 6.47 (two d, 3H), 5.48 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.38 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.1 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.6 (br s, 4H), 2.1 (s, 3H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS m/z 479.2 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
OH
S
HO ~ O
Et I / ~ N
O
Step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin obtained from Example 53 was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2C12; the desired adduct was obtained.
Ste~B
The adduct generated in Step A was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B).
Step C
The debenzylated product from Step B was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid after silical gel chromatography with 5% MeOH/CHZCIz as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) b (ppm): 6.94 (d, 2H), 6.76 (d, 2H), 6.7 (2H, d), 6.48 (d, 2H), 6.41 (d, 1H), 6.3 (d, 1H), 5.44 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.4 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.62 (br s, 4H), 2.6 (q, 2H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.45 (m, 2H), 1.2 (t, 3H); MS m/z 493.2 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
OH / OH
S \
HO \ O \
O
Step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin obtained from Example 54 was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CHzCl2, the desired adduct was obtained. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 10H), 6.86 (d, 2h), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.74 (d, 2H), 6.64 (d, 2H), 6.38 (s, 2H), 5.48 (d, 1H), 5.14 (s, 2H), 5.02 (q, 2H), 4.32 (d, 1H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.5 (br s, 4H), 1.62 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
Step B
The adduct generated in Step A was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B). After purification by silica gel chromatography using 5%
MeOH/CHZC12 as eluant, the desired product was obtained as an oil.
Step C
The debenzylated product from Step B was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. iH
NMR
(400 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm): 6.94 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.72 (d, 2H), 6.5 (d, 2H), 6.06 (d, 1H), 6.02 (d, 1H), 5.42 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.33 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.09 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.6 (br s, 4H), 1.64 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS m/z 482.2 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
S \
HO O I \
~ N
O
Step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin generated from Example 55 was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) S (ppm: 7.48-7.32 (m, 5H), 7.2-7.1 (m, 4H), 6.94-6.84 (two d, 4H), 6.7 (m, 4H), 5.56 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 5.04 (br q, 2H), 4.74 (s, 1H), 4.37 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H).
Step B
The desilylated product obtained from Step A was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOHlCH2C12, the desired adduct was obtained. 1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCI;) S (ppm): 7.5-7.32 (m, 5H), 7.2-7.04 (m, 4H), 6.94-6.86 (m, 4H), 6.76-6.66 (m, 4H), 5.54 (br s, 1H), 5.04 (br s, 2H), 4.38 (br s, 1H), 4.06 (t, 2H), 2.76 (t, 2H), 2.5 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.42 (m, 2H).
Step C
The adduct generated in Step B was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B) to afford the desired product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 8 (ppm): 7.2-7.14 (m, 3H), 6.94 (m, 3H), 6.9 (d, 2H), 6.74 (d, 2H), 6.48 (dd, 1H), 6.45 (d, 1H), 5.53 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.46 (d, 1H), 4.06 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.58 (br s, 4H), 1.62 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS ni/z 449.2 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
Ho , s O
Step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin generated from Example 56 was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.2-7.1 (m, 3H), 6.96 (m, 2H), 6.92 (d, 1H), 6.88 (d, 2H), 6.84 (d,1H), 6.74 (dd, 1H), 6.66 (d, 2H), 5.48 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 4.37 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H); MS m/z 428.2 (M++1).
Step B
The desilylated product obtained from Step A was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2C12, the desired adduct was obtained.
Step C
The adduct generated in Step B was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B) to afford the desired product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) s (ppm): 7.14-7.02 (m, 3H), 6.92 (m, 4H), 6.8 (d, 1H), 6.74 (d, 2H), 6.58 (d, 1H), 6.51 (dd, 1H), 5.42 (br s, 1H), 4.45 (br s, 1H), 4.06 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.55 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS mlz 449.2 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
/ OH
O
OSO ~ ~ N
O~
Step A
To a well stirred solution of the dihydrobenzoxathiin (30mg, 0.061mmole) prepared from Example 74 (Step A) was added 5equivalents of meta-chloroperbenzoic acid (m-CPBA) in methylene chloride at 0°C. The ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for three hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with a saturated solution of NaHS03 and stirred for additional 30 minutes.
The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried with MgS04, and evaporated to give a residue which was used for next step without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm): 7.82 (dd, 1H), 7.67 (dt, 1H), 7.28 (rn, 2H), 7.2 (d, 2H), 7.03 (d, 2H), 6.92 (d, 2H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.32 (d, 1H), 5.12 (s, 2H), 4.84 (d, 1H), 4.2 (br t, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 3.2 (m, 2H), 3.0 (m, 4H), 1.75 (m, 4H), 1.6 (m, 2H).
Step B
The MOM protecting group was removed following the procedure outlined in Example 74 (Step B). The desired product was isolated after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5°Io MeOH/CHZC12 as the eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm): 7.82 (dd, 1H), 7.64 (dt, 1H), 7.26 (m, 2H), 7.04 (d, 2H), 6.06 (d, 2H), 6.76 (d, 2H), 6.65 (d, 2H), 6.24 (d, J=l.9Hz, 1H), 4.71 (d, 1H), 4.1 (t, 2H), 2.72 (t, 2H), 2.5 ~(br s, 4H), 1.6 (m; 4H), 1.45 (m, 2H); MS m/z 481.1 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
OH
/w ~J
H
Step A
To a well stirred solution of the dihydrobenzoxathiin (60mg) prepared from Example 73 (Step A) was added 5 equivalents of m-CPBA in CH2Clz at 0°C. The ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours.
The reaction mixture was quenched with a saturated solution of NaHS03 and saturated NaHC03, and stirred for additional 30 minutes. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc and the combined organic layer was washed with brine and dried with MgS04.
The solvent was removed by evaporation to give an oily residue, which was purified by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2Clz as the eluant to give the pure product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) ~ (ppm): 7.85 (dd, 1H), 7.66 (m, 1H), 7.28 (m, 2H), 7.12 (d, 2H), 6.86 (d, 2H), 6.8 (d, 2H), 6.7 (d, 2H), 6.22 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.72 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.08 (m, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.6 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H); MS m/z 637 (M++23).
Ste~B
The silyl protecting group was removed following the procedure outlined in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was isolated after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% MeOHlCH2C12 as the eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD;OD) S (ppm): 7.81 (dd, 1H), 7.64 (m, 1H), 7.35 (m, 2H), 7.2 (d, 2H), 6.82 (two d, 4H), 6.6 (d, 2H), 6.28 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.69 (d,.J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.2 (t, 2H), 3.08 (t, 2H), 2.85 (br s, 4H), 1.7 (m, 4H), 1.55 (m, 2H).
PREPARATION OF
r Step A
Utilizing the procedure from Example 83 (Step A), the dihydrobenzoxathiin (20mg, 0.028 mmole) obtained from Example 71 (Step A), was oxidized by m-CPBA at room temperature. The crude material was used for next step without further purification.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.84 (d, 1H), 7.7-7.4 (m, 5H), 7.02 (d, 2H), 6.88 (dd, 1H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.76 (two d, 4H), 6.72 (d, 1H), 6.22 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 5.18 (q, 2H), 4.28 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.09 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.55 (br s, 4H), 1.63 (m, 4H), 1.48 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
Step B
The product from Step A was debloclced using the standard procedure described in Example 71 (Step B) to afford the debenzylated product, which was used without further purification.
Step C
The silyl protecting group was removed following the procedure outlined in Example 71 (Step C). The final product was isolated after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% MeOH/CHZCl2 as the eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm): 7.62 (d, 1H), 7.14 (d, 2H), 6.84 (two d, 4H), 6.68 (dd, 1H), 6.6 (d, 2H), 6.55 (d, 1H), 6.22 (d, 1H), 4.55 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.1 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.6 (br s, 4H), 1.64 (M, 4H), 1.5 (M, 2H); MS m/z 496.1 (M++1 ).
PREPARATION OF
~ ~ O~ N
S
Ho ~ o OH
S tep A
To a solution of dihydrobenzoxathiin (100mg, 0.167 mmole) generated from Example 48 in CH2C12 was added triethylamine (0.07mL), a catalytic amount of N,N-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP) and acetic anhydride (0.034mL, 2eq) at room temperature. The resultant mixture was stirred for 30 minutes and then poured into saturated NaHC03. The aqueous layer was extracted with CHZCl2 and then dried over anhydrous Na2SOd. The solvent was evaporated to give an oil, which was subjected to silica gel chromatography with 10°7o EtOAc/hexane as eluant to give the product.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI~) 8 (ppm): 7.48-7.34 (m, 5H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 6.99 (d, 2H), 6.94 (d, 2H), 6.76 (d, 2H), 6.72-6.67 (m, 4H), 5.56 (d, 1H), 5.06 (br q, 2H), 4.34 (d, 1H), 2.3 (d, 3H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18 H).
St_ ep B
The silyl protecting group was removed following the procedure outlined in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was isolated after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5°1o MeOHlCH2C12 as the eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.48-7.34 (m, 5H), 7.09 (d, 1H), 7.04 (d, 2H), 6.98 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.7 (m, 2H), 6.59 (d, 2H), 5.56 (d, 1H), 5.06 (br q, 2H), 4.74 (s, 1H), 4.36 (d, 1H), 2.2 (s, 3H).
Step C
The desilylated product (80mg, 0.165mmole) obtained from Step B was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A).
After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CHzCl2, the desired adduct was obtained. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.48-7.34 (m, 5H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 7.04 (d, 2H), 6.98 (d, 2H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.7 (dd, 1H), 6.68 (d, 1H), 6.68 (d, 2H), 5.58 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 5.05 (br q, 2H), 4.36 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 2.68 (t, 2H), 2.5 (br s, 4H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.45 (m, 2H); MS mlz 597.3 (M++1.
Step D
To a solution of l0mg (0.017mmole) of the adduct, generated from Step, in anhydrous THF was added four equivalents of a 1.0M Super hydride solution in THF. The resulting mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 0°C and then allowed to room temperature (30 minutes). The reaction mixture was hydrolyzed with HzOINaHC03. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc, the organic layer separated, dried, and evaporated to give an oil, which was used for next step without further purification.
Step E
The crude product from Step D was debloclced using the standard procedure described in Example 71 (Step B) to afford the final product, after purification by silica gel chromatography using 5% MeOH/CHZC12 as the eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 8 (ppm): 6.92 (d, 1H), 6.83 (d, 2H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.65 (d, 2H), 6.58 (d, 2H), 6.46 (dd, 1H), 6.42 (d, 1H), 5.44 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.38 (d, 1H, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.04 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.6 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS m/z 465 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
F
S \
O ~ O
O
Step A
The desilylated product obtained from Example 57 was coupled with 1-pieridineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2C12, the desired adduct was obtained.
Step B
The adduct generated in Step A was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B) to afford the desired product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm): 6.98-6.76 (m, 9H), 6.5 (dd, 1H), 6.46 (d, 1H), 5.52 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.5 (d, 1H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 2.80 (t, 2H), 2.62 (br s, 4H), 1.62 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H);
MS mlz 466.2 (M+).
CHIRAL SEPARATION OF
S
HO O
N
The racemic dihydrobenzoxathiin obtained from Example 81 (Step C) was resolved via chiral chromatography on a Chiralpak AD column, using 20% EtOH in hexane as the eluant. The fast moving isomer: [a]D= +33.43°(c=1.205, MeOH).
The slow moving isomer: [a]D= -34.2°(c=1.09, MeOH).
CHIRAL SEPARATION OF
H
N
The racemic dihydrobenzoxathiin obtained from Example 82 (Step C) was resolved via chiral chromatography on a Chiralpak AD column, using 20% EtOH in hexane as the eluant. The fast moving isomer: [oc)D= +32.4°(c=1.36, MeOH).
The slow moving isomer: [oc]D= -31.3°(c=1.37, MeOH).
PREPARATION OF
F
S \
HO \ O \
I / ~ N
O
The dihydrobenzoxathiin generated from Example 58 was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) S (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.2-7.1 (m, 3H), 6.85 (2d, 4H), 6.68 (d, 2H), 6.55 (d, 2H), 5.55 (d, 1H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 4.40(d, 1H).
Step B
The desilylated product obtained from Step A was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2Cl2, the desired adduct was obtained.
S te~C
A mixture of the adduct (80mg, 0.144mmole), generated in Step B, 20 mg of palladium black and 5 drops of AcOH in 4 mL of ethanol, was stirred under a balloon of hydrogen gas and monitored by TLC. After 18 hours, the reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite to remove the catalyst, and the filtrate was neutralized by the addition of saturated, aqueous NaHC03 solution and extracted by EtOAc.
The organic layer was separated, dried over MgS04 and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD30D) S (ppm): 7.20-7.02 (m, 3H), 6.92 (m, 4H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.30 (d, 2H), 5.55 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.50(d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.06 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.55 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS m/z 467 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
ci s O
Step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin generated from Example 59 was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.2-7.1 (m, 3H), 6.95 (d, 2H), 6.90 (d, 1H), 6.85 (d, 2H), 6.70 (d, 2H), 6.65 (d, 1H), 5.50 (d, 1H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 4.42 (d, 1H).
Step B
The desilylated product obtained from Step A was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CHZC12, the desired adduct was obtained.
Step C
The adduct, generated in Step B, was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B) to afford the desired product. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) ~
(ppm): 7.14-7.02 (m, 3H), 6.92 (d, 2H), 6.85 (d, 2H), 6.74 (d, 2H), 6.58 (d, 1H), 6.41 (d, 1H), 5.52 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.55 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.06 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.55 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS m/z 483 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
H
~N
Step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin, obtained from Example 60, was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CHZC12 the desired adduct was obtained. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 6.70 (2d, 4H), 6.60 (d, 2H), 6.40 (2d, 2H), 5.40 (s, 1H), 4.90 (d, 2H), 4.20 (s, 1H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.5 (br s, 4H), 1.62 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
Step B
The adduct, generated in Step A, was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B).
Step C
The debenzylated product from Step B was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H
NMR
(500 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm): 6.93 (d, 3H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.69 (d, 2H), 6.50 (d, 2H), 6.28 (m, 1H), 5.46 (d, J=l.BHz, 1H), 4.39 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.6 (br s, 4H), 1.64 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS m/z 482.2 (M++1).
PREPARATION O F
CI / OH
S \
/~ a HO \ O \
O
Step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin, obtained from Example 61, was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3°7o MeOH/CH2Cl2 the desired adduct was obtained. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) b (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 6.85 (m, 3H), 6.70 (d, 4H), 6.63 (d, 2H), 6.60 (d, 1H), 5.42 (s, 1H), 5.02 (d, 2H), 4.40 (s, 1H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.5 (br s, 4H), 1.62 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
Step B
The adduct, generated in Step A, was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B) to afford the desired product. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD30D) b (ppm): 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, H), 6.70 (2d, 4H), 6.62 (d, 2H), 6.58 (d, 1H), 5.40 (d, 1H), 4.30 (d, 1H), 4.06 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.55 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H);
MS m/z 655 (M++1).
Std The debenzylated product from Step B was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H
NMR
(500 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm): 6.92 (d, 2H), 6.75 (d, 2H), 6.68(d, 2H), 6.60 (d, 1H), 6.50 (d, 2H), 6.42(d, 1H), 5.42 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.42 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.07 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.55 (brs, 4H), 1.62-(m, 4H), 1.48 (m, 2H); MS m/z 499 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
HO
N
Step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin, obtained from Example 62, was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2Clz the desired adduct was obtained.
Step B
The adduct, generated in Step A, was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B).
Step C
The debenzylated product from Step B was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid after purification by silica gel chromatography with 5% MeOH/CH~Cl2 as eluant. 1H
NMR
(500 MHz, acetone-d~) 8 (ppm): 7.04 (d, 2H), 6.90 (dd, 3H), 6.72 (d, 2H), 6.64 (d, 1H), 6.59 (d, 2H), 6.57(dd, 1H), 5.44 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.52 (d, 3=2.lHz, 1H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.62 (br s, 4H), 2.6 (q, 2H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.45 (m, 2H), 1.2 (t, 2H);
MS mlz 465 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
u"
Me / S
HO O
O
St-ep A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin, obtained from Example 63, was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOHlCH2Cl2 the desired adduct was obtained.
Step B
The adduct, generated in Step A, was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B).
Step C:
The debenzylated product from Step B was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid after purification by silica gel chromatography with 5% MeOHlCH2Clz as eluant. 1H
NMR
(500 MHz, acetone-d~) S (ppm): 7.00 (d, 2H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.59 (d, 2H), 6.52 (s, 1H), 5.49 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.65(d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.62 (br s, 4H), 2.6 (q, 2H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.45 (m, 2H), 1.2 (t, 2H); MS
m/z 479 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
St_ ep A
OH
CI / S ~ \
O O
O
The dihydrobenzoxathiin, obtained from Example 64, was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2Cla the desired adduct was obtained. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 6.85 (d, 2H), 6.70 (2d, 4H), 6.63 (d, 2H), 6.60 (s, 1H), 5.42 (s, 1H), 5.02 (q, 2H), 4.30 (s, 1H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.5 (br s, 4H), 1.62 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.1 (d, 18H).
Step B
The adduct, generated in Step A, was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B) to afford the desired product. 1H NMR (500 MHz, acetone-d6) 8 (ppm): 7.10 (s, 1H), 6.98 (d, 2H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.70 (d, 2H), 6.68 (s, 1H), 5.50 (d, 1H), 4.50 (d, 1H), 4.06 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.55 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H).
Step C
The debenzylated product from Step B was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H
NMR
(500 MHz, acetone-d~) 8 (ppm): 7.12 (s, 1H), 7.02 (d, 2H), 6.80 (dd, 4H), 6.69 (s, 1H), 6.60 (d, 2H), 6.42 (d, 1H), 5.55 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.54 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.07 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.55 (brs, 4H), 1.62 (in, 4H), 1.48 (m, 2H); MS m/z 499 (M++I).
PREPARATION OF
H
Step A
/
O / S \
O I \
~ N
O
The dihydrobenzoxathiin generated from Example 65 was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.2-7.1 (m, 5H), 6.95 (m, 3H), 6.64-6.70 (m, 2H), 5.46 (d, J=l.BHz, 1H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 4.42 (d, J=2.OHz, 1H).
Std The desilylated product obtained from Step A was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2Cl2, the desired adduct was obtained.
Step C
The adduct, generated in Step B, was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B) to afford the desired product. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm: 7.00-7.12 (m, 6H), 6.90 (d, 2H), 6.75 (d, 2H), 6.42 (s, 1H), 5.42 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.48 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.06 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.55 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS m/z 463 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
Ho ~ s CI I / ~ N
O
Step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin generated from Example 66 was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.2-7.1 (m, 3H), 6.95 (d, 2H), 6.92 (d, 2H), 6.90 (d, 1H), 6.78 (d, 1H), 6.70 (d, 2H), 5.52 (d, J=Z.lHz, 1H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 4.46 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H).
Step B
The desilylated product obtained from Step A was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CHZCl2, the desired adduct was obtained.
Step C
The adduct, generated in Step B, was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B) to afford the desired product. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm): 7.05-7.15 (m, 5H), 6.90 (d, 2H), 6.79 (d, 2H), 6.65 (d, 1H), 6.55 (d, 1H), 5.50 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.62 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.10 (t, 2H), 2.80 (t, 2H), 2.60 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS m/z 483 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
Ho ~ s ci o O
Step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin generated from Example 67 was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.2-7.1 (m, 3H), 7.08 (s, 1H), 6.95 (d, 2H), 6.86 (m, 3H), 6.70 (d, 2H), 5.42 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 5.14 (s, 2H), 4.40 (d, J=2.OHz, 1H).
Step B
The desilylated product obtained from Step A was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CHZCl2, the desired adduct was obtained.
St. ep C
The adduct, generated in Step B, was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B) to afford the desired product. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm): 7.05-7.15 (m, 3H), 6.95 (m, 3H), 6.90 (d, 2H), 6.75 (d, 2H), 6.72 (s, 1H), 5.45 (d, J=2.OHz, 1H), 4.52 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.10 (t, 2H), 2.80 (t, 2H), 2.60 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS m/z 483 (M++1).
PREPARATION OF
HO / S \
O \
O
Step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin generated from Example 68 was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.2-7.1 (m, 3H), 6.92-6.80 (m, 5H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.70 (d, 2H), 5.40 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 5.20 (s, 2H), 4.46 (d, J=2.OHz, 1H).
Step B
The desilylated product obtained from Step A was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2C12, the desired adduct was obtained.
Ste~C, The adduct, generated in Step B, was debenzylated using the procedure described in 71 (Step B) to afford the desired product. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm):
7.05-7.15 (m, 3H), 6.95 (d, 2H), 6.90 (d, 2H), 6.80 (d, 1H), 6.75 (d, 2H), 6.70 (d, 1H), 5.38 (d, J=l.BHz, 1H), 4.56 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.06 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.60 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS m/z 483 (M++1).
CHIRAL SEPARATION OF
/( HO / S \
p ( \
/ O~ N
The racemic dihydrobenzoxathiin obtained from Example 100 (Step C) was resolved via chiral chromatography on a Chiralpak AD column, using 20% EtOH in hexane as the eluant. The fast moving isomer: [oc]D= +26.09°(c=1.025, MeOH).
The slow moving isomer: [a]D= -25.44°(c=0.95, MeOH).
PREPARATION OF
/ r HO / S \
O
~ N
O
Step A
The dihydrobenzoxathiin generated from Example 69 was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) ~ (ppm): 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 6.95 (d, 2H), 6.90(m, 3H), 6.85 (m, 3H), 6.74 (dd, 1H), 6.70 (d, 2H), 5.45 (d, J=l.9Hz, 1H), 5.05 (s, 2H), 4.35 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H).
Step B
The desilylated product obtained from Step A was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A). After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2C12, the desired adduct was obtained, which was used without further purification.
Step C
The adduct, generated in Step B, was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B) to afford the desired product. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD30D) 8 (ppm): 6.98 (d, ZH), 6.94 (m, 2H), 6.80 (m, 5H), 6.60 (d, 1H), 6.75 (dd, 1H), 5.40 (d, J=l.BHz, 1H), 4.50 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.60 (br s, 4H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.5 (m, 2H); MS m/z 466 (M++1).
CHIRAL PREPARATION OF
OH
HO / S
O
(+) isomer Std The fast moving (+)-dihydrobenzoxathiin obtained from Example 70 was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A).
After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2Cl2, the desired adduct was obtained.
St. ep B
The adduct, generated in Step A, was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B).
Step C
The debenzylated product from Step B was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid after purification by silica gel chromatography with 5% MeOH/CHZCl2 as eluant. 1H
NMR
(500 MHz, acetone-d~) ~ (ppm): 6.90 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 1H), 6.72 (d, 2H), 6.70 (d, 2H), 6.60 (d, 1H), 6.50 (d, 1H), 6.48 (d, 2H), 5.38 (d, J=2.OHz, 1H), 4.38 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.62 (br s, 4H), 2.6 (q, 2H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.45 (m, ZH), 1.2 (t, 2H); MS m/z 465 (M++1); [a,~D= +27.68°(c=0.49, MeOH).
CHIRAL PREPARATION OF
HO / S
\I
O
N
(-) isomer Step A
The slow moving (-)-dihydrobenzoxathiin obtained from Example 70 was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step A).
After purification by silica gel chromatography with 3% MeOH/CH2C12, the desired adduct was obtained.
Step B
The adduct, generated in Step A, was debenzylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step B).
Step C
The debenzylated product from Step B was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 71 (Step C). The desired product was obtained as a white solid after purification by silica gel chromatography with 5% MeOH/CHZCl2 as eluant. 1H
NMR
(500 MHz, acetone-d~) 8 (ppm): 6.90 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 1H), 6.72 (d, 2H), 6.70 (d, 2H), 6.60 (d, 1H), 6.50 (d, 1H), 6.48 (d, 2H), 5.38 (d, J=2.OHz, 1H), 4.38 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.08 (t, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.62 (br s, 4H), 2.6 (q, 2H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.45 (m, 2H), 1.2 (t, 2H); MS m/z 465 (M++1); [oc]D= -26.33°(c=0.515, MeOH).
GENERAL PREPARATION OF
O~ N
Step A: Reductive Cyclization To a stirred solution of 102.2mg (0.17mmole) of the cyclopentyl-thio-ketone generated in Example 41 in 1mL of dichloromethane at -23°C under an N2 atmosphere was added 68~.L (0.087mmole) of neat trifluoroacetic acid(TFA). To the stirred reaction mixture at -23°C was slowly added 41.4~.L (0.259mmole) of neat triethylsilane and the resulting mixture was stirred further for three hours.
The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate/saturated NaHC03/ice/
brine, and the organic phase was separated, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography using methylene chloride/hexanes(1:1) as eluant to provide the cis-cyclopentyl-dihydrobenzooxathiin derivative. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8):1.12 (d, 18H), 1.26-2.12 (m, 12H), 2.5 (m, 1H), 4.24 (d, 1H), 4.9 (m, 2H), 6.8-7.69 (m, 12H).
Starting with the cyclohexyl derivative prepared in Example 41 and utilizing the above procedure the corresponding cis-cyclohexyl-benzooxathiin was prepared after purification by silica gel chromatography using methylene chloride-hexanes(1:1). ~H
500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8): 1.14 (d, 18H), 1.11-1.9 (m, 14H), 3.2 (t, 1H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 5.44 (d, J=2.5Hz, 1H), 6.66-7.47 (m, 12H).
Step B: Desil, lation To a stirred solution of 89.6mg (0.156mmole) of the cis-cyclopentyl derivative prepared in Step A above in 1mL of THF at 0 °C was added sequentially 13.3~,L
(0.234mmole) of acetic acid and then 171~,L (0.171mmole) of a 1M solution of tetrabutylammonium fluoride in THF. The mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 0.5 hour and then partitioned between ethyl acetate/2N HCl/ice/brine, and the organic phase was separated, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography using methylene chloride-ethyl acetate (50:1) as eluant to provide the phenolic derivative. 1H
500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8):1.32-1.94 (m, 9H), 3.51 (dd, J=5.5, 2.5Hz, 1H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 5.42 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 6.67-7.47 (m~ 12H).
Starting with the cyclohexyl derivative prepared in the previous example and utilizing the above procedure the corresponding cis-cyclohexyl-benzooxathiin phenol was prepared. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.11-1.93 (m, 11H), 3.23 (t, J=3Hz, 1H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 5.44 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 6.66-7.47 (m, 12H).
Step C: Mitsunobu reaction To a stirred solution of a mixture of 56.3mg (0.135mmole) of the cis-cyclopentyl derivative prepared in Step B above, 53.6~,L (0.404mmole) of 1-piperidineethanol, and 123.5mg (0.47mmole) of triphenylphosphine in lmL of anhydrous THF at 0°C
was added 87.4~,L (0.444mmole) of neat diisopropylazodicarboxylate (DIAD). The ice-water bath was removed and the mixture was stirred further for 'six hours.
The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate/2N HCl/ice/ brine, and the organic phase was separated, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography using ethyl acetate-methanol(9:1) as eluant to provide the adduct. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.33-2.0 (m, 15H), 2.56 (m, 4H), 2.82 (t, J=6Hz, 2H), 3.51 (dd, J=5.4, 2.4Hz, 1H), 4.16 (t, J=6Hz, 2H), 5.02 (s, 2H), 5.42 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 6.66-7.46 (m, 12H).
Starting with the cyclohexyl derivative prepared in the previous example and utilizing the above procedure the corresponding cis-cyclohexyl-benzooxathiin adduct was prepared. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.11-1.93 (m, 17H), 2.6 (m, 4H), 2.87 (m, 2H), 3.2 (d, J=2.5Hz, 1H), 4.2 (m, 2H), 5.02 (s, 2H), 5.44 (d, J=2.lHz, 1H), 6.65-7.46 (m, 12H).
Step D: Debenzylation:
A stirred mixture of 36.6mg (0.0069mmole) of the cis-cyclopentyl derivative prepared in Step C above, 14.7mg (0.014mmole) of palladium black, and 87.1mg (0.138mmole) of ammonium formate in 2mL of ethanol-ethyl acetate-water(7:2:1) was heated at 80°C for two hours. The mixture was filtered through celite, washed well with ethyl acetate and the filtrate was partitioned between ethyl acetate/saturated sodium bicarbonate/brine, and the organic phase was separated, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography using ethyl acetate-methanol(9:1) as eluant to provide the final product. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(b):1.33-2.0 (m, 15H), 2.6 (m, 4H), 2.88 (m, 2H), 3.48 (t, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 4.18 (m, 2H), 5.38 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 6.5 (m, 1H), 6.63 (d, 2.9Hz, 1H) 6.74 (d, J=8.7Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J=8.7Hz, 2H), and 7.34 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H).
Starting with the cyclohexyl derivative prepared in the previous example and utilizing the above procedure the corresponding cis-cyclohexyl-benzooxathiin adduct was prepared. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.00-1.90 (m, 18H), 2.6 (m, 4H), 2.81 (t, 2H), 3.19 (t, J=3.0 Hz,lH), 4.18 (m, 2H), 5.38 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 6.43 (m, 1H), 6.62 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2 H), and 7.34 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H); MS m/z 454 (M+).
PREPARATION OF
HO ~ S
O
~.NJ
O
Step A: Reductive CYclization Starting with the isopropyl adduct (0.0208 g, 0.049 mmol) prepared in Example and utilizing the procedure outlined in Example 105 (Step A), the crude product was isolated after stirring at -23 °C for 6 h 20 min: Purification by silica gel chromatography with 30% EtOAclhexane as the eluant afforded the desired product as a yellow oil. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(S): 0.95 (d, 3H), 0.98 (d, 3H), 1.95 (m, 1H), 3.30 (t, J=3 Hz, 1H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 5.42 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 6.66-7.47 (m, 12H).
Step B: Mitsunobu reaction The dihydrobenzoxathiin prepared in Step A above was coupled with 1-piperidineethanol using the procedure described in Example 105 (Step C) with the exception that the reaction was allowed to slowly warm from 0 °C to ambient temperature over 3.5 h. Purification by silica gel chromatography with 10%
MeOH/CHZC12 as the eluant afforded the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8): 0.95 (d, 3H), 0.98 (d, 3H), 1.50-1.68 (m, 6H), 1.95 (m, 1H), 2.60 (m, 4H), 2.86 (t, 2H), 3.30 (t, J=3 Hz, IH), 4.20 (t, 2H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 5.42 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 6.66-7.49 (m, 12H).
Step C: Debenzylation Starting with the compound prepared in Step B above, and utilizing the procedure outlined in Example 105 (Step D), the corresponding cis-isopropyl-benzoxathiin adduct was prepared after silica gel chromatography with 10% MeOH/CH2C12 as the eluant. ~H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8): 0.95 (d, 3H), 0.98 (d, 3H), 1.50-1.68 (m, 6H), 1.95 (m, 1H), 2.60 (m, 4H), 2.86 (t, 2H), 3.26 (t, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (t, 2H), 5.37 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 36.47 (dd, 1H), 6.65 (d, J=3 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), and 7.35 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H); MS m/z 414 (M+).
PREPARATION OF
H
S
O ~ S w O
~.NJ
O
Step A: Reductive Cyclization Starting with the 2-thiophene adduct (0.0208 g, .049 mmol) prepared in Example and slightly modifying the procedure outlined in Example 105 (Step A), the crude product was isolated after stirring at 0 °C to ambient temperature for 1 h 40 min.
Purification by silica gel chromatography with 30% EtOAc/hexane as the eluant afforded the desired product as a red oil. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8):1.11 (d, 18H), 1.24 (m, 3H), 4.67 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.50 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.60-7.12 (m, 10H).
Step B: Protection with MOM
To a solution of the didhydrobenzoxathiin (0.0629 g, 0.13 mmol) prepared in Step A
above in distilled THF (1 mL) was added 60% NaH in mineral oil (0.0090 g, 0.19 mmol) at 0 °C under N2. After the gas evolution had ceased, MOMCI
(0.013 mL, 0.16 mmol) was added dropwise to the reaction. After 30 min., another 1.3 equivalents of MOMCI was added to the reaction. Within 5 min., the reaction was complete by TLC. The resulting dark red solution was partitioned between EtOAc and ice/H20. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over NaZS04, and concentrated in vacuo. The desired product was used in the next reaction without purification. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):l.l 1 (d, 18H), 1.24 (m, 3H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 4.67 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 5.14 (m, 2H), 5.50 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.60-7.12 (m, l OH).
Step C: Desilylation The dihydrobenzoxathiin prepared in Step B above was desilylated using the procedure described in Example 105 (Step B) to afford the desired product as a colorless oil after silica gel chromatography with 30% EtOAc/hexane as the eluant.
1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8): 3.52 (s, 3H), 4.69 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 5.15 (m, 2H), 5.51 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.60-7.15 (m, 10H).
Step D: Mitsunobu reaction Following the procedure detailed in Example 105 (Step C) with the exception that the reaction was allowed to warm from 0 °C to ambient temperature over 4 h, the material prepared in the previous step was converted to the desired product after silica gel chromatography (one elution with 30% EtOAc/hexane followed by a second elution with 10% MeOH/CH2C12). 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8): 1.40-2.60 (m, 10H), 2.79 (t, 2H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 4.10 (t, 2H), 4.69 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 5.15 (m, 2H), 5.51 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.60-7.15 (m, 10H).
Step E: Deprotection of MOM
A mixture of the material (0.0401 g, 0.08fl mmol) prepared in Step D above and HCl (0.20 mL, 0.40 mmol) in MeOH (1.0 mL) was heated to 60 °C under N2 for 2.5 h.
The reaction was partitioned between EtOAc and ice/sat. NaHC03. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over NaZSOø, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was triturated with EtzO and desired product was obtained as a white solid. 1H
500MHz NMR(d~-acetone + CD30D) ppm(8): 1.50-3.19 (m, 10H), 3.23 (t, 2H), 4.30 (t, 2H), 5.00 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 5.51 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.57-7.25 (m, 10H);
MS m/z 454 (M+) PREPARATION OF
H
O~ N
Step A: Reductive Cyclization Following the procedure outlined in Example 44, 0.0792 g of the 3-pyridyl derivative prepared in Example 41 was converted to its corresponding benzoxathiin after stirring at ambient temperature for 5 h. The desired product was isolated from the reaction mixture after silica gel chromatography using 30% EtOAc/hexane as the eluant.
500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8):l.l 1 (d, 18H), 1.24 (m, 3H), 4.36 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 5.05 (s, 2H), 5.50 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.77-8.43 (m, 16H).
Step B: Desil. lad Following the procedure outlined in Example 105 (Step B), the dihydrobenzoxathiin generated in Step A above was desilylated to afford the desired product after silica gel chromatography (one elution with 50% EtOAc/hexane followed by a second elution with 30% EtOAc/hexane). 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8): 4.42 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 5.50 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.77-8.43 (m, 16H).
Step C: Mitsunobu reaction Following the procedure detailed in Example 105 (Step C) with the exception that the reaction was allowed to warm from 0 °C to ambient temperature over 4 h, the material prepared in the previous step was converted to the desired product after silica gel chromatography using 10% MeOH/CHZCl2 as the eluant. 1H SOOMHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(S):1.40-2.60 (m, 10H), 2.80 (t, 2H), 4.10 (t, 2H), 4.38 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 5.50 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.77-8.43 (m, 16H).
Step D: Debenzylation Starting with the material prepared in Step C above, and utilizing the procedure outlined in Example 105 (Step D), the corresponding cis-3-pyridyl-dihydrobenzoxathiin adduct was prepared after silica gel chromatography with 10%
MeOH/CHZC12 as the eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.40-2.60 (m, 10H), 2.80 (t, 2H), 4.10 (t, 2H), 4.36 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 5.45 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.59-8.43 (m, 11H); MS m/z 449 (M+) PREPARATION OF
~ ~N
HO ~ S w O
~N~
O
Step A: Reductive Cyclization Following the procedure outlined in Example 44, 0.1871 g of the 4-pyridyl derivative prepared in Example 41 was converted to its corresponding dihydrobenzoxathiin after stirring at ambient temperature for 30 h. The desired product was isolated from the reaction mixture after silica gel chromatography using 30% EtOAc/hexane as the eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8):l.l l (d, 18H), 1.24 (m, 3H), 4.32 (d, 1H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 5.50 (d, 1H), 6.60-8.39 (m, 16H).
Step B: Desilylation Following the procedure outlined in Example 105 (Step B), the dihydrobenzoxathiin generated in Step A above was desilylated to afford the desired product after silica gel chromatography (one elution with 50% EtOAc/hexane followed by a second elution with 30% EtOAc/hexane). 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8): 4.33 (d, 1H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 5.46 (d, 1H), 6.63-8.37 (m, 16H).
Step C: Mitsunobu reaction Following the procedure detailed in Example 105 (Step C) with the exception that the reaction was allowed to warm from 0 °C to ambient temperature over 5 h, the material prepared in the previous step was converted to the desired product after silica gel chromatography (one elution with 10% MeOH/CH2C12 followed by a second elution with 20% EtOAc/CHZC12). 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.40-2.60 (m, 10H), 2.80 (t, 2H), 4.14 (t, 2H), 4.32 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 5.06 (s, 2H), 5.49 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.79-8.38 (m, 16H).
Step D: Debenzylation Starting with the material prepared in Step C above, and utilizing the procedure outlined in Example 105 (Step D), the desired product was obtained as a 4:1 cis/trans mixture after silica gel chromatography (1X elution with 30% EtOAc/hexane followed by a second elution with 10% MeOH/CH2C12).
Cis isomer: 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8):1.40-2.70 (m, 10H), 2.80 (t, 2H), 4.10 (t, 2H), 4.30 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.44 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.59-8.40 (m, 11H).
Trar2s isomer: 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) pprn(8):1.40-2.70 (m, 10H), 2.80 (t, 2H), 4.15 (t, 2H), 4.38 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.92 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.59-8.46 (m, 11H);
MS m/z 449 (M+).
PREPARATION OF
HO \ S
o~N~
Step A: Reduction To a stirred solution of 265.1mg (0.449mmole) of the cyclopentyl-thio-ketone generated in Example 41 in 3mL of methanol-dichloromethane(1:1) at 0 °C
to room temperature was added portion-wise sufficient sodium borohydride to complete the reduction. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate/2N
HCl/ice/
brine, and the organic phase was separated, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated to provide crude cyclopentyl-thin-carbinols, which was used without further purification in the next step.
Step B: Cyclization A mixture of 266mg (0.449mmole) of the crude product, prepared in Step A
above, and 89mg of amberlyst 15 in 3mL of toluene was stirred at ambient temperature for two hours. The resin was removed by filtration and washed well with ethyl acetate.
The filtrate was evaporated and the residue obtained was purified by silica gel chromatography using dichloromethane-hexanes(1:1) as eluant to provide the trans-dihydro-benzoxathiin derivative. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8):1.13 (d, 18H), 1.26-1.94 (m, 12H), 3.64 (dd, J=7.8Hz, 5.5Hz, 1H), 4.78 (d, J=7.8Hz, 1H), 5.02 (s, 2H), 6.6-7.45 (m, 12H).
Step C: Desil, lation Following the procedure outlined in Step B of Example 105, 228.5mg (0.397mmole) of material prepared in the previous step was desilylated to give the corresponding phenol.
Step D: Mitsunobu reaction Following the procedure detailed in Step C of Example 105, the material prepared in the previous step was converted to the corresponding traps-cyclopentyl-dihydrobenzoxathiin adduct. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.39-2.0 (m, 15H), 2..6 (m, 4H), 2.88 (m, 2H), 3.66 (dd, J=7.8Hz, 5.5Hz, 1H), 4.21 (m, 2H), 4.81 (t, J=7.8Hz, 2H), 5.01 (s, 2H), 6.64-7.49 (m, 12H).
Step E: Debenzylation Following the procedure detailed in Step D of Example 105, the material prepared in the previous step was converted to the corresponding trams-cyclopentyl-dihydrobenzoxathiin product. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.29-2.0 (m, 15H), 2.6 (m, 4H), 2.88 (m, 2H), 3.67 (dd, J=8Hz, SHz, 1H), 4.18 (m, 2H), 4.77 (t, J=8Hz, 2H), 6.5 (dd. J= 2.7Hz, 8.7Hz, 1H), 6.65 (d, 2.7Hz, 1H) 6.77 (d, J=8.7Hz, 1H), 6.88 (d, J=7.5Hz, 2H), and 7.27 (d, J=7.5Hz, 2H).
GENERAL PREPARATION OF
H
N
Steps A and B: Reduction and Cyclization Utilizing the thio-ketones prepared in Example 39 and employing the procedures outlined above in Step A and B of Example 110, the following compounds were pr epared:
Tr°ans-cyclohexyl derivative: 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8): 1.14 (d, 18H), 0.98-1.8 (m, 14H), 3.37 (dd, J=2.5Hz, 8.lHz, 1H), 5.01 (s, 2H), 5.05 (d, J=8.lHz, 1H), 6.6-7.44 (m, 12H).
Trains-cyclopentyl derivative: IH 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(b):1.14 (d, 18H), 1.28-1.9 (m, 12H), 4.53 (m, 1H), 4.93 (d,lH), 5.01 (s, 2H), 6.6-7.43 (m, 12H).
Step C: Desilylation Utilizing the traps-dihydrobenzoxathiiins prepared in the previous step and employing the procedure outlined above in Step B of Example 105, the following compounds were prepared:
Traps-cyclohexyl phenol: 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8):1.0-1.8 (m, 11H), 3.3 (m, 1H), 5.05 (s, 2H), 5.1 (d, 1H), 6.6-7.44 (m, 12H).
Traps-cyclopentyl phenol: 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(r5):1.29-2.0 (m, 9H), 3.55 (dd, J=5.7Hz, 7.6Hz, 1H), 4.95 (d, J=7.6Hz, 1H), 5.02 (s, 2H), 6.6-7.45 (m, 12H).
Step D: Mitsunobu reaction:
Utilizing the tra~zs-dihydrobenzoxathiiin phenols prepared in the previous step and employing the procedure outlined above in Step C of Example 105, the following compounds were prepared:
Traps-cyclohexyl adduct: 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.0-1.8 (m, 17H), 2.58 (m, 4H), 2.84 (m, 2H), 3.37 (m, 1H), 4.17 (t, J=6Hz, 2H), 5.0 (s, 2H), 5.08 (d, J=7.8Hz, 1H), 6.6-7.43 (m, 12H).
Traps-cyclopentyl adduct: IH 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(s):1.29-2.0 (m, 15H), 2.58 (m, 4H), 2.84 (m, 2H), 3.55 (m, 1H), 4.17 (m, 2H), 4.94 (d, J=7.3Hz, 1H), 5.0 (s, 2H), 6.6-7.72 (m, 12H).
Step E: Debenz lad Utilizing the traps-dihydrobenzoxathiiin adducts prepared in the previous step and employing the procedure outlined above in Step D of Example 105, the following compounds were prepared:
Trays-cyclohexyl adduct: 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.0-1.8 (m, 17H), 2.58 (m, 4H), 2.86 (m, 2H), 3.33 (m, 1H), 4.16 (m, 2H), 5.08 (d, J=7.8Hz, 1H), 6.4-7.23 (m, 7H).
Traps-cyclopentyl adduct: 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8):1.29-2.0 (m, 15H), 2.68 (m, 4H), 2.94 (m, 2H), 3.51 (m, 1H), 4.2 (m, 2H), 4.95 (d, J=7.4Hz, 1H), 6.45-7.31 (m, 7H).
PREPARATION OF
HO ~ S
O~ N
Step A: Silylation To a stirred solution of the isopropyl-thio-ketone (0.0395 g, 0.097 mmol) generated in Example 42 in distilled THF (1 mL) at 0°C was added 60% NaH in mineral oil (0.0183 g, 0.20 mmol) followed by TIPSCI (0.048 mL, 0.22 mmol). After 35 min., another equivalent of TIPSCI was added to drive the reaction to completion.
The reaction was partitioned between EtOAc and ice/H~O, and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried over NaZS04, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the desired product. The crude material was used in the next step without further purification.
Step B: Reduction To a solution of the crude product (0.097 mmol) prepared in Step A above in distilled THF (1 mL) was added a 1 M solution of super-hydride in THF (0.15 mL, 0.15 mmol) at 0 °C under N2. The reaction mixture was stirred for 20 min. before partitioning between EtOAc and ice/HzO. The organic layer was further washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated i:2 vacuo to give the desired product. The crude material was used in the next step without further purification. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(b): 0.90-1.40 (m, 49H), 1.69 (m, 1H), 3.10 (dd, 1H), 4.60 (d, 1H), 5.05 (s, 2 H), 6.70-7.50 (m, 12H):
Step C: Desilylation To a solution of the material (0.097 mmol) prepared in the previous step in distilled THF (1 mL) was added AcOH (0.018 mL, 0.32 mmol) at 0 °C under Nz followed by the addition of a 1 M solution of TBAF in THF (0.29 mL, 0.29 mmol). After 15 min., the reaction was partitioned between EtOAc and ice/sat. NaHC03. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, and concentrated in vacuo.
Purification by silica gel chromatography using 40% EtOAc/hexane as the eluant afforded the desired product as a yellow foam. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8): 0.92 (d, 3H), 0.98 (d, 3H), 1.59 (m, 1H), 2.86 (dd, 1H), 4.62 (d, 1H), 5.02 (q, 2 H), 6.77-7.45 (m, 12H).
Step D: Cyclization Following the procedure outlined in Example 110 (Step B), the material (0.0366 g, 0.089 mmol) generated in the previous step was converted to its corresponding trans-dihydrobenzoxathiin after stirring for 5 h 15 min. at ambient temperature.
Purification by silica gel chromatography using 30% EtOAc/hexane as the eluant afforded the desired product as a white solid. lH 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8):
0.98 (d, 3H), 1.03 (d, 3H), 1.78 (m, 1H), 3.57 (dd, J=3.7 Hz, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.82 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.02 (s, 2 H), 6.63-7.46 (m, 12H).
Step E: Mitsunobu reaction Following the procedure detailed in Example 105 (Step C), the material (0.0266 g, 0.068 mmol) generated in the previous step was converted to its corresponding trans-isopropyl-dihydrobenzoxathiin adduct after warming from 0 °C to ambient temperature over 4 h 20 min. Purification by silica gel chromatography (one elution with 10% MeOH/CHZCl2 followed by a second elution with 30% EtOAc/hexane) afforded the desired product as a white solid. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(S):
0.98 (d, 3H), 1.02 (d, 3H), 1.29-1.67 (m, 6H), 1.78 (m, 1H), 2.58 (m, 4H), 2.85 (t, 2H), 3.57 (dd, J=3.7 Hz, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (t, 2H), 4.83 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.02 (s, 2 H), 6.63-7.46 (m, 12H).
Step F: Debenzylation Following the procedure detailed in Example 105 (Step D), the material (0.0395 g, 0.068 mmol) generated in the previous step was converted to its corresponding trans-isopropyl-dihydrobenzoxathiin product. Purification was accomplished by silica gel chromatography using 10% MeOH/CH2Ch, as the eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8): 0.98 (d, 3H), 1.02 (d, 3H), 1.29-1.67 (m, 6H), 1.78 (m, 1H), 2.58 (m, 4H), 2.85 (t, 2H), 3.57 (dd, J=3.7 Hz, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (t, 2H), 4.83 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.48-7.29 (m, 7H); MS m/z 414 (M+).
PREPARATION OF
S
HO I / O .','' I ~ O
Step A: Silylation Following the procedure outlined in Example 112 (Step A), the isopropyl-thio-ketone (0.6314 g, 1.5 mmol) generated in Example 40 was silylated. Purification by silica gel chromatography using 30% EtOAc/hexane as the eluant afforded the desired product as a yellow oil. ~H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8): 0.98-1.30 (m, 49H), 2.35 (m, 1H), 4.38 (d, 1H), 4.99 (q, 2H), 6.33-7.79 (m, 12H).
Step B: Reduction Following the procedure outlined in Example 112 (Step B), the material (0.8009 g, 1.1 mmol) isolated in Step A above was reduced to its corresponding alcohol and used without further purification in the next step. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8):
0.98-1.30 (m, 49H), 1.90 (m, 1H), 2.92 (dd, 1H), 4.59 (d, 1H), 5.05 (q, 2 H), 6.47-7.43 (m, 12H).
Step C: Desilylation Following the procedure outlined in Example 112 (Step C), the material (0.022 mmol) isolated in Step B above was deprotected to afford the desired product which was used in the next step without purification.
Step D: Cyclization Following the procedure outlined in Example 110 (Step B), the material generated in the previous step was converted to its corresponding trarzs-dihydrobenzoxathiin after stirring for 22 h at ambient temperature. Purification by silica gel chromatography using 30% EtOAc/hexane as the eluant afforded the desired product as a colorless oil.
1H 500MHz NMR(CDCl3) ppm(8): 0.98 (d, 3H), 1.03 (d, 3H), 1.79 (m, 1H), 3.45 (dd, 1H), 4.98 (d, 1H), 5.02 (s, 2 H), 6.59-7.46 (m, 12H); MS m/z 393 (M+).
Step E: Mitsunobu reaction Following the procedure detailed in Example 105 (Step C), the material (0.008 g, 0.020 mmol) generated in the previous step was converted to its corresponding trans-isopropyl-dihydrobenzoxathiin adduct after warming from 0 °C to ambient temperature over 6 h. Purification by silica gel chromatography using 10%
MeOH/CH2Cl2 as the eluant afforded the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8): 0.98 (d, 3H), 1.02 (d, 3H), 1.29-1.67 (m, 6H), 1.79 (m, 1H), 2.58 (m, 4H), 2.81 (t, 2H), 3.50 (dd, J=3.8 Hz, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (t, 2H), 4.97 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 5.01 (s, 2 H), 6.59-7.46 (m, 12H).
Step F: Debenzylation Following the procedure detailed in Example 105 (Step D), the material (0.0085 g, 0.017 mmol) generated in the previous step was converted to its corresponding trans-isopropyl-dihydrobenzoxathiin product. Purification was accomplished by silica gel chromatography using 10% MeOH/CHZC12 as the eluant. 1H 500MHz NMR(CDC13) ppm(8): 0.98 (d, 3H), 1.02 (d, 3H), 1.49-1.70 (m, 6H), 1.75 (m, 1H), 2.61 (m, 4H), 2.85 (t, 2H), 3.41 (dd, J=3.8 Hz, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (t, 2H), 4.96 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.43-7.26 (m, 7H); MS m/z 414 (M+) Assay Methods The utility of the compounds of the instant invention can be readily determined by methods well known to one of ordinary skill in the art. These methods may include, but are not limited to, the methods described in detail below.
Estrogen Receptor Binding Assay The estrogen receptor ligand binding assays are designed as scintillation proximity assays employing the use of tritiated estradiol and recombinant expressed estrogen receptors. The full length recombinant human ER-a and ER-(3 proteins are produced in a bacculoviral expression system. ER-a, or ER-~i extracts are diluted 1:400 in phosphate buffered saline containing 6 mM oc-monothiolglycerol.
200 ~.L aliquots of the diluted receptor preparation are added to each well of a 96-well Flashplate. Plates are covered with Saran Wrap and incubated at 4 ° C
overnight.
The following morning, a 20 u1 aliquot of phosphate buffered saline containing 10% bovine serum albumin is added to each well of the 96 well plate and allowed to incubate at 4° C for 2 hours. Then the plates are washed with 200 u1 of buffer containing 20 mM Tris (pH 7.2), 1 mM EDTA, 10% Glycerol, 50 mM KCI, and 6 mM oc-monothiolglycerol. To set up the assay in these receptor coated plates, add 178 u1 of the same buffer to each well of the 96 well plate. Then add 20 u1 of a 10 nM solution of 3H-estradiol to each well of the plate.
Test compounds are evaluated over a range of concentrations from 0.01 nM to 1000 nM. The test compound stock,solutions should be made in 100%
DMSO at 100X the final concentration desired for testing in the assay. The amount of DMSO in the test wells of the 96 well plate should not exceed 1%. The final addition to the assay plate is a 2 u1 aliquot of the test compound which has been made up in 100% DMSO. Seal the plates and allow them to equilibrate at room temperature for 3 hours. Count the plates in a scintillation counter equipped for counting 96 well plates.
Ovariectomized Rat Assay In the ovariectorriized (OVX) Rat Assay, estrogen-deficiency is used to induce cancellous osteopenia (e.g. low bone mineral density [BMD; mg/cm2]), associated with accelerated bone resorption and formation. Both the BMD and bone resorption/formation outcomes are used to model the changes in bone that occur as women pass through menopause. The OVX Rat Assay is the principal in vivo assay used by all major academic and industrial laboratories studying the efficacy of new chemical entities in preventing estrogen-deficiency bone loss.
Sprague-Dawley female rats aged 6-8 months are OVXd and, within 24 hours, started on treatment for 42 days with vehicle or multiple doses of test compound. Untreated sham-OVX and alendronate-treated (.003 mg/kg s.c., q.d.) or 17-13-estradiol-treated (.004 mg/kg s.c., q.d.) groups are included as positive controls.
Test compounds may be administered orally, subcutaneously, or by infusion through subcutaneously-implanted minipump. Before necropsy, in vivo dual labeling with calcein (8 mg/kg by subcutaneous injection), a bone seeking fluorochrome, is completed. At necropsy, blood, femurs, a vertebral body segment, and the uterus, are obtained.
The routine endpoints for the OVX Rat Assay include assessments of bone mass, bone resorption, and bone formation. For bone mass, the endpoint is BMD of the distal femoral metaphysis, a region that contains about 20%
cancellous bone. The vertebral segment, a region with ~25% cancellous bone may also be used for BMD determination. The BMD measurement is made by dual energy x-ray absorptiometry (DXA, Hologic 4500A; Waltham, MA). For bone resorption, the endpoint is urinary deoxypyridinoline crosslinks, a bone collagen breakdown product (uDPD; expressed as nM DPD/ nM creatinine). This measurement is made with a commercially available kit (Pyrilinks; Metra Biosystems, Mountain View, CA).
For .bone formation, the endpoints are mineralizing surface and mineral apposition rate, histomorphometric measures of osteoblast number and activity. This measurement is done on 5~,m sections of the non-decalcified proximal tibial metaphysis, using a semi-automated system (Bioquant; R&M Biometrics; Nashville, TN). Similar endpoints and measuring techniques for each endpoint are commonly used in postmenopausal women.
Rat Cholesterol Lowering_Assay Sprague-Dawley rats (5 per group) weighing about 250g were subcutaneously dosed with compounds of the present invention dissolved in propylene glycol for 4 days. A group of 5 rats were dosed with vehicle only.
On the fifth day, rats were euthanized with carbon dioxide and their blood samples were obtained. Plasma levels of cholesterol were assayed from these samples with commercially available cholesterol determination kits from Sigma.
MCF-7 Estro en Dependent Proliferation Assay MCF-7 cells (ATCC #HTB-22) are human mammary gland adenocarcinoma cells that require estrogen for growth. The growth media (GM) for the MCF-7 cells is Minimum Essential Media (without phenol red) supplemented with fetal bovine serum(FBS) to 10%. The FBS serves as the sole source of estrogen and this GM supports the full growth of the cells and is used for the routine growth of the cell cultures. When MCF-7 cells are placed in a media in which 10%
Charcoal-Dextran treated fetal bovine serum (CD-FBS) is substituted for FBS, the cells will cease to divide but will remain viable. The CD-FBS does not contain detectable levels of estrogen and the media containing this sera is referred to as Estrogen Depleted Media (EDM). The addition of estradiol to EDM stimulates the growth of the MCF-cells in a dose dependent manner with an ECSO of 2pM.
Growing MCF-7 cells are washed several times with EDM and the cultures then maintained in EDM for a minimum of 6 days in order to deplete the cells of endogenous estrogen. On day 0 (at the startof the assay), these estrogen depleted cells are plated into 96-well cell culture plates at a density of 1000 cells/well in EDM
in a volume of 180u1/well. On day 1 test compounds are diluted in a 10-fold dilution , series in EDM and 20u1 of these dilutions added to the 180u1 of media in the appropriate well of the cell plate resulting in a further 1:10 dilution of the test compounds. On days 4 and 7 of the assay, the culture supernatant is aspirated and replaced with fresh EDM and test compound dilutions as above. The assay is terminated at day 8-10 when the appropriate controls reach 80-90% confluency.
At this point, the culture supernatants are aspirated, the cells washed 2X with PBS, the wash solution aspirated and the protein content of each well determined. Each drug dilution is evaluated on a minimum of 5 wells and the range of dilution of the test compounds in the assay is O.OOInM to 1000nM. The assay in the above format is employed to determine the estradiol agonist potential of a test compound.
In order to evaluate the antagonist activity of a test compound, the MCF-7 cells are maintained in EDM for a minimum of 6 days. Then on day 0 (at the start of the assay), these estrogen depleted cells are plated into 96-well cell culture plates at a density of 1000 cells/well in EDM in a volume of 180u1/well. On day 1 the test compounds in fresh media containing 3 pM estradiol are applied to the cells. On days 4 and 7 of the assay, the culture supernatant is aspirated and replaced with fresh EDM containing 3 pM estradiol and the test compound. The assay is terminated at day 8-10 when the appropriate controls reach 80-90% confluency and the protein content of each well is determined as above.
Rat endometriosis model Animals:
Species: Rattus norvegicus Strain: Sprague-Dawley CD
Supplier: Charles River Laboratories, Raleigh, NC
Sex: Female Weight : 200 - 240 gram Rats are single-housed in polycarbonate cages and are provided Teklad Global Diet 2016 (Madison, WI) and bottled reverse osmosis purified H20 ad libitum. They are maintained on a12/12 light/dark cycle.
Rats are anesthetized with TelazolTM (20 mg/kg, ip) and oxymorphone (0.2 mg/kg sc) and positioned dorsoventrally on a sterile drape. Body temperature is maintained using a underlying circulating water blanket. The surgical sites are shaved with clippers and cleaned using three cycles of betadine/ isopropyl alcohol or Duraprep~ (3M). The incisional area is covered with a sterile drape.
Using aseptic technique, a 5 cm midline lower abdominal incision is made through the skin, subcutaneous and muscle layers. A bilateral ovariectomy is performed. The left uterine blood vessels are ligated and a 7 mm segment of the left uterine horn is excised. The uterus is closed with 4-0 gut suture. The myometrium is aseptically separated from the endometrium and trimmed to 5X5 mm. The trimmed section of the endometrium is transplanted to the ventral peritoneal wall with the epithelial lining of the segment opposed to the peritoneal wall. The explanted endometrial tissue is sutured at its four corners to the body wall using sterile 6-0 silk.
The abdominal muscular layer is closed using sterile 4-0 chromic gut. The skin incision is closed using sterile stainless surgical clips. A sterile 90-day sustained release estrogen pellet (Innovative Research of America, 0.72 nglpellet;
circulating estrogen equivalent of 200-250 pg/mL) is implanted subcutaneously in the dorsal lateral scapular area. A sterile implantable programmable temperature transponder (IPTT) (B1V>DS, Seaford, DE) is injected subcutaneously in the dorsoscapular region.
The rats are observed until fully ambulatory, and allowed to recover from surgery undisturbed for 3 weeks.
Three weeks after transplantation of the endometrial tissue, the animals undergo a repeat laparotomy using aseptic surgical site preparation and technique. The explant is evaluated for graft acceptance, and the area is measured with calipers and recorded. The animals with rejected grafts are removed from the study. Animals are sorted to create similar average explant volume per group.
Drug or vehicle(control) treatment is initiated one day after the second laparotomy and continued for 14 days. Body temperature is recorded every other day at 10:00 am using the BIV>DS scanner.
At the end of the 14 day treatment period, the animals are euthanized by COZ overdose. Blood is collected by cardiocentesis for circulating estrogen levels.
The abdomen is opened, the explant is examined, measured, excised, and wet weight is recorded. The right uterine horn is excised, and wet and dry weights are recorded.
Pharmaceutical Composition As a specific embodiment of this invention, 25 mg of the compound from Example 71, is formulated with sufficient finely divided lactose to provide a total amound of 5~0 to 590 mg to fill a size 0, hard-gelatin capsule.
Claims (16)
1. A process for preparing a compound of formula I
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R2 is H or OR6;
R3 is H or OR6;
R4 is H or CH3;
R5 is C1-5 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C3-8 cycloalkenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclical groups wherein said groups can be optionally substituted with alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, CF3, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, carboxyl (-CO2H), carboalkoxyl (-COOC1-5 alkyl), carbonyl (-COC1-5 alkyl, carboxamido (-CONZ2), sulfonamido (-SONZ2), and sulfonyl (-SO2C1-5 alkyl);
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or trisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that when OR6 exists elsewhere, it is chemically differentiable;
X and Y are each independently selected from the group consisting of oxygen and sulfur;
Each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-5 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, wherein said alkyl group can be optionally substituted with alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -SO2NQ2, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl;
Or both Zs and the nitrogen to which they are attached may be taken together to form a 3-8 membered ring, said ring may optionally contain atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon, oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, wherein said ring may either be saturated or unsaturated, and the carbon atoms of said ring maybe optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -SO2NQ2, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl;
Each Q is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl;
Each n is independently an integer from one to five; n is an integer from one to five;
and the stereoisomer is cis;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, comprising alkylating the substituted phenol of formula VI, with a reagent, HO(CH2)n N(Z)2, to give a compound of formula I.
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R2 is H or OR6;
R3 is H or OR6;
R4 is H or CH3;
R5 is C1-5 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C3-8 cycloalkenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclical groups wherein said groups can be optionally substituted with alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, CF3, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, carboxyl (-CO2H), carboalkoxyl (-COOC1-5 alkyl), carbonyl (-COC1-5 alkyl, carboxamido (-CONZ2), sulfonamido (-SONZ2), and sulfonyl (-SO2C1-5 alkyl);
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or trisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that when OR6 exists elsewhere, it is chemically differentiable;
X and Y are each independently selected from the group consisting of oxygen and sulfur;
Each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-5 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, wherein said alkyl group can be optionally substituted with alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -SO2NQ2, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl;
Or both Zs and the nitrogen to which they are attached may be taken together to form a 3-8 membered ring, said ring may optionally contain atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon, oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, wherein said ring may either be saturated or unsaturated, and the carbon atoms of said ring maybe optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -SO2NQ2, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl;
Each Q is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl;
Each n is independently an integer from one to five; n is an integer from one to five;
and the stereoisomer is cis;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, comprising alkylating the substituted phenol of formula VI, with a reagent, HO(CH2)n N(Z)2, to give a compound of formula I.
2. The process according to Claim 1 further comprising the step of removing the protecting group R6 from V to yield the substituted phenol of formula VI.
3. The process of Claim 2 further comprising the step of cyclizing IVunder acidic conditions in the presence of a reducing agent, to provide the cis compound of formula V.
4. The process of Claim 3 further comprising the step of reacting a compound of formula II with a compound of formula III under basic conditions to form a compound of formula IV.
5. The process according to claim 4 wherein Y is S and X is O.
b. The process according to claim 5 for preparing a compound of formula IB
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R3 is H or OR6;
R4 is H or CH3;
R5 is C1-5 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C3-8 cycloalkenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclical groups wherein said groups can be optionally substituted with alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, CF3, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, carboxyl (-CO2H), carboalkoxyl (-COOC1-5 alkyl), carbonyl (-COC1-5 alkyl, carboxamido (-CONZ2), sulfonamido (-SONZ2), and sulfonyl (-SO2C1-5 alkyl);
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or trisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that when OR6 exists elsewhere, it is chemically differentiable;
Each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-5 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, wherein said alkyl group can be optionally substituted with alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -SO2NQ2, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl;
Or both Zs and the nitrogen to which they are attached may be taken together to form a 3-8 membered ring, said ring may optionally contain atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon, oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, wherein said ring may either be saturated or unsaturated, and the carbon atoms of said ring maybe optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -SO2NQ2, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl;
Each Q is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, COC1-5 alkyl, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl.
b. The process according to claim 5 for preparing a compound of formula IB
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R3 is H or OR6;
R4 is H or CH3;
R5 is C1-5 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C3-8 cycloalkenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclical groups wherein said groups can be optionally substituted with alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, CF3, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, carboxyl (-CO2H), carboalkoxyl (-COOC1-5 alkyl), carbonyl (-COC1-5 alkyl, carboxamido (-CONZ2), sulfonamido (-SONZ2), and sulfonyl (-SO2C1-5 alkyl);
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or trisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that when OR6 exists elsewhere, it is chemically differentiable;
Each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-5 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, wherein said alkyl group can be optionally substituted with alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -SO2NQ2, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl;
Or both Zs and the nitrogen to which they are attached may be taken together to form a 3-8 membered ring, said ring may optionally contain atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon, oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, wherein said ring may either be saturated or unsaturated, and the carbon atoms of said ring maybe optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -SO2NQ2, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl;
Each Q is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, COC1-5 alkyl, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl.
Each n is independently an integer from one to five;
and the stereoisomer is cis;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, comprising the steps of a) reacting a compound of formula IIB with a compound of formula IIIB under basic conditions to form a compound of formula IVB
b) cyclizing the compound of formula IVB, of step a, under acidic conditions in the presence of a reducing agent to provide the cis compound of formula VB
c) selectively removing the protecting group R6 to yield the substituted phenol of formula VIB
d) alkylating the substituted phenol of formula VIB, from step c, with a reagent, HO(CH2)n N(Z)2 to give a compound of formula VIIB
e) removing the protecting group R6 of VIIB, from step d, to afford a compound of formula I.
and the stereoisomer is cis;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, comprising the steps of a) reacting a compound of formula IIB with a compound of formula IIIB under basic conditions to form a compound of formula IVB
b) cyclizing the compound of formula IVB, of step a, under acidic conditions in the presence of a reducing agent to provide the cis compound of formula VB
c) selectively removing the protecting group R6 to yield the substituted phenol of formula VIB
d) alkylating the substituted phenol of formula VIB, from step c, with a reagent, HO(CH2)n N(Z)2 to give a compound of formula VIIB
e) removing the protecting group R6 of VIIB, from step d, to afford a compound of formula I.
7. The process according to claim 6 for preparing a compound of formula IC
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R3 is H or OR6;
R4 is H or CH3;
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or trisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that when OR6 exists elsewhere, it is chemically differentiable;
R7 is selected from the group selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, and -OR6;
Each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-5 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, wherein said alkyl group can be optionally substituted with alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -SO2NQ2, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl;
Or both Zs and the nitrogen to which they are attached may be taken together to form a 3-8 membered ring, said ring may optionally contain atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon, oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, wherein said ring may either be saturated or unsaturated, and the carbon atoms of said ring maybe optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -SO2NQ2, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl;
Each Q is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl.
Each n is independently an integer from one to five;
n is an integer from one to five;
m is an integer from one to four;
and the stereoisomer is cis;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, comprising the steps of a) reacting a compound of formula IIC with a compound of formula IIIC under basic conditions to form a compound of formula IVC
b) cyclizing IVC, of step a, under acidic conditions in the presence of a reducing agent to provide the cis compound of formula VC
c) selectively removing the protecting group R6 to yield the substituted phenol of formula VIC
d) alkylating the substituted phenol VIC, from step c, with a reagent, HO(CH2)n N(Z)2 to give a compound of formula VIIC
e) removing the protecting group R6 of VIIC, from step d, to afford a compound of formula IC.
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R3 is H or OR6;
R4 is H or CH3;
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or trisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that when OR6 exists elsewhere, it is chemically differentiable;
R7 is selected from the group selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, and -OR6;
Each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-5 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, wherein said alkyl group can be optionally substituted with alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -SO2NQ2, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl;
Or both Zs and the nitrogen to which they are attached may be taken together to form a 3-8 membered ring, said ring may optionally contain atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon, oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, wherein said ring may either be saturated or unsaturated, and the carbon atoms of said ring maybe optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -SO2NQ2, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl;
Each Q is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl.
Each n is independently an integer from one to five;
n is an integer from one to five;
m is an integer from one to four;
and the stereoisomer is cis;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, comprising the steps of a) reacting a compound of formula IIC with a compound of formula IIIC under basic conditions to form a compound of formula IVC
b) cyclizing IVC, of step a, under acidic conditions in the presence of a reducing agent to provide the cis compound of formula VC
c) selectively removing the protecting group R6 to yield the substituted phenol of formula VIC
d) alkylating the substituted phenol VIC, from step c, with a reagent, HO(CH2)n N(Z)2 to give a compound of formula VIIC
e) removing the protecting group R6 of VIIC, from step d, to afford a compound of formula IC.
8. A process for preparing a compound of formula ID
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R3 is H or OR6;
R4 is H or CH3;
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or trisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that when OR6 exists elsewhere, it is chemically differentiable;
and the stereoisomer is cis;
and the optical isomer is dextrorotatory (+), having the absolute configuration: (2S, 3R);
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, comprising the steps of a) reacting a compound of formula with a compound of formula IID
with a compound of formula IIID under basic conditions to form a compound of formula IVD
b) cyclizing IVD, of step a, under acidic conditions in the presence of a reducing agent to provide the racemic, cis compound of formula VD
c) performing a chiral chromatography with VD, from step b, to resolve the enantiomeric forms to provide the dextrorotatory (+) isomer VID;
d) alkylating the dextrorotatory (+) isomer VID, from step c, with 1-piperidineethanol to give a compound of formula VIID
e) removing either protecting group from VIID, from step d, to afford either a compound of formula VIIID or a compound of formula IXD
f) removing the remaining protecting group from either VIIID or IXD, from step e, to give a compound of formula (+)-ID.
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R3 is H or OR6;
R4 is H or CH3;
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or trisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that when OR6 exists elsewhere, it is chemically differentiable;
and the stereoisomer is cis;
and the optical isomer is dextrorotatory (+), having the absolute configuration: (2S, 3R);
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, comprising the steps of a) reacting a compound of formula with a compound of formula IID
with a compound of formula IIID under basic conditions to form a compound of formula IVD
b) cyclizing IVD, of step a, under acidic conditions in the presence of a reducing agent to provide the racemic, cis compound of formula VD
c) performing a chiral chromatography with VD, from step b, to resolve the enantiomeric forms to provide the dextrorotatory (+) isomer VID;
d) alkylating the dextrorotatory (+) isomer VID, from step c, with 1-piperidineethanol to give a compound of formula VIID
e) removing either protecting group from VIID, from step d, to afford either a compound of formula VIIID or a compound of formula IXD
f) removing the remaining protecting group from either VIIID or IXD, from step e, to give a compound of formula (+)-ID.
9. A process for preparing a compound of formula IE
wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, or Cl;
R3 and R4 are each H;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of H or OH;
the stereoisomer is cis, and the optical isomer is dextrorotatory (+), having the absolute configuration (2S, 3R);
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof comprising the steps of a) reacting a compound of formula IIE with a compound of formula IIIE under basic conditions to form a compound of formula IVE
b) cyclizing IVE, of step a, under acidic conditions in the presence of a reducing agent to provide the racemic, cis compound of formula VE
c) selectively removing the protecting group of VE, from step b, to yield the substituted phenol of formula VIE
d) alkylating the substituted phenol of formula VIE, from step c, with 1-piperidineethanol to give a compound of formula VIIE
e) removing either protecting group from VIIE to afford either a compound of formula VIIIE or a compound of formula IXE
f) removing the remaining protecting group from either VIIIE or IXE, from step e, to provide racemic I.
g) performing a resolution of the enantiomeric forms of I to provide the dextrorotatory (+) isomer IE, having the (2S, 3R) absolute configuration.
wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, or Cl;
R3 and R4 are each H;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of H or OH;
the stereoisomer is cis, and the optical isomer is dextrorotatory (+), having the absolute configuration (2S, 3R);
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof comprising the steps of a) reacting a compound of formula IIE with a compound of formula IIIE under basic conditions to form a compound of formula IVE
b) cyclizing IVE, of step a, under acidic conditions in the presence of a reducing agent to provide the racemic, cis compound of formula VE
c) selectively removing the protecting group of VE, from step b, to yield the substituted phenol of formula VIE
d) alkylating the substituted phenol of formula VIE, from step c, with 1-piperidineethanol to give a compound of formula VIIE
e) removing either protecting group from VIIE to afford either a compound of formula VIIIE or a compound of formula IXE
f) removing the remaining protecting group from either VIIIE or IXE, from step e, to provide racemic I.
g) performing a resolution of the enantiomeric forms of I to provide the dextrorotatory (+) isomer IE, having the (2S, 3R) absolute configuration.
10. A compound of the formula:
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R2 is H or OR6;
R3 is H or OR6;
R4 is H or CH3;
R5 is C1-5 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C3-8 cycloalkenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclical groups wherein said groups can be optionally substituted with alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, CF3, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, carboxyl (-CO2H), carboalkoxyl (-COOC1-5 alkyl), carbonyl (-COC1-5 alkyl, carboxamido (-CONZ2), sulfonamido (-SONZ2), and sulfonyl (-SO2C1-5 alkyl);
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or trisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that when OR6 exists elsewhere, it is chemically differentiable;
Each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-5 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, wherein said alkyl group can be optionally substituted with alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -SO2NQ2, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl;
Or both Zs and the nitrogen to which they are attached may be taken together to form a 3-8 membered ring, said ring may optionally contain atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon, oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, wherein said ring may either be saturated or unsaturated, and the carbon atoms of said ring maybe optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -SO2NQ2, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl;
Each Q is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl.
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R2 is H or OR6;
R3 is H or OR6;
R4 is H or CH3;
R5 is C1-5 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C3-8 cycloalkenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclical groups wherein said groups can be optionally substituted with alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, CF3, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, carboxyl (-CO2H), carboalkoxyl (-COOC1-5 alkyl), carbonyl (-COC1-5 alkyl, carboxamido (-CONZ2), sulfonamido (-SONZ2), and sulfonyl (-SO2C1-5 alkyl);
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or trisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that when OR6 exists elsewhere, it is chemically differentiable;
Each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-5 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, wherein said alkyl group can be optionally substituted with alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -SO2NQ2, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl;
Or both Zs and the nitrogen to which they are attached may be taken together to form a 3-8 membered ring, said ring may optionally contain atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon, oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, wherein said ring may either be saturated or unsaturated, and the carbon atoms of said ring maybe optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -SO2NQ2, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl;
Each Q is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl.
11. The compound of Claim 10 of the formula:
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R2 is H or OR6;
R3 is H or OR6;
R4 is H or CH3;
R5 is C1-5 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C3-8 cycloalkenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclical groups wherein said groups can be optionally substituted with alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, CF3, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical, -OR6, -OH, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, carboxyl (-CO2H), carboalkoxyl (-COOC1-5 alkyl), carbonyl (-COC1-5 alkyl, carboxamido (-CONZ2), sulfonamido (-SONZ2), and sulfonyl (-SO2C1-5 alkyl);
R6 is benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or trisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that when OR6 exists elsewhere, it is chemically differentiable;
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R2 is H or OR6;
R3 is H or OR6;
R4 is H or CH3;
R5 is C1-5 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C3-8 cycloalkenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclical groups wherein said groups can be optionally substituted with alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, CF3, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical, -OR6, -OH, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, carboxyl (-CO2H), carboalkoxyl (-COOC1-5 alkyl), carbonyl (-COC1-5 alkyl, carboxamido (-CONZ2), sulfonamido (-SONZ2), and sulfonyl (-SO2C1-5 alkyl);
R6 is benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or trisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that when OR6 exists elsewhere, it is chemically differentiable;
12. The compound of Claim 10 of the formula:
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or trisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that all existing R6 groups are chemically differentiable.
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or trisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that all existing R6 groups are chemically differentiable.
13. The compound of Claim 12 of the formula:
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or trisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that all existing R6 groups are chemically differentiable.
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or trisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that all existing R6 groups are chemically differentiable.
14. A compound of the formula:
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R2 is H or OR6;
R3 is H or OR6;
R4 is H or CH3;
R5 is C1-5 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C3-8 cycloalkenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclical groups wherein said groups can be optionally substituted with alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, CF3, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, carboxyl (-CO2H), carboalkoxyl (-COOC1-5 alkyl), carbonyl (-COC1-5 alkyl, carboxamido (-CONZ2), sulfonamido (-SONZ2), and sulfonyl (-SO2C1-5 alkyl);
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or trisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that when OR6 exists elsewhere, it is chemically differentiable;
Each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-5 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, wherein said alkyl group can be optionally substituted with alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -SO2NQ2, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl;
Or both Zs and the nitrogen to which they are attached may be taken together to form a 3-8 membered ring, said ring may optionally contain atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon, oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, wherein said ring may either be saturated or unsaturated, and the carbon atoms of said ring maybe optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -SO2NQ2, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl;
Each Q is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl.
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R2 is H or OR6;
R3 is H or OR6;
R4 is H or CH3;
R5 is C1-5 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C3-8 cycloalkenyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclical groups wherein said groups can be optionally substituted with alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, CF3, phenyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclical, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, carboxyl (-CO2H), carboalkoxyl (-COOC1-5 alkyl), carbonyl (-COC1-5 alkyl, carboxamido (-CONZ2), sulfonamido (-SONZ2), and sulfonyl (-SO2C1-5 alkyl);
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or trisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that when OR6 exists elsewhere, it is chemically differentiable;
Each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-5 alkyl, trifluoromethyl, wherein said alkyl group can be optionally substituted with alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -SO2NQ2, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl;
Or both Zs and the nitrogen to which they are attached may be taken together to form a 3-8 membered ring, said ring may optionally contain atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon, oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, wherein said ring may either be saturated or unsaturated, and the carbon atoms of said ring maybe optionally substituted with one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, -CONQ2, -SO2NQ2, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl;
Each Q is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, CF3, -OR6, halogen, amino, C1-5 alkylthio, thiocyanato, cyano, -CO2H, -COOC1-5 alkyl, -COC1-5 alkyl, and -SO2C1-5 alkyl.
15. The compound of Claim 14 of the formula:
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or trisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that all existing R6 groups are chemically differentiable.
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or trisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that all existing R6 groups are chemically differentiable.
16. The compound of Claim 15 of the formula:
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or trisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that all existing R6 groups are chemically differentiable.
wherein R1 is H, F, or Cl;
R6 is H, benzyl, methyl, methoxymethyl, or trisopropylsilyl, with the proviso that all existing R6 groups are chemically differentiable.
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US24158400P | 2000-10-19 | 2000-10-19 | |
US24164000P | 2000-10-19 | 2000-10-19 | |
US60/241,640 | 2000-10-19 | ||
US60/241,584 | 2000-10-19 | ||
PCT/US2001/032035 WO2002032373A2 (en) | 2000-10-19 | 2001-10-15 | Estrogen receptor modulators |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2424726A1 true CA2424726A1 (en) | 2002-04-25 |
Family
ID=26934418
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002424726A Abandoned CA2424726A1 (en) | 2000-10-19 | 2001-10-15 | Estrogen receptor modulators |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP1328522A2 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2004511501A (en) |
AU (1) | AU2002221269A1 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2424726A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2002032373A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6750213B2 (en) | 2000-10-19 | 2004-06-15 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Estrogen receptor modulators |
US20030225132A1 (en) * | 2002-04-11 | 2003-12-04 | Dininno Frank P. | Estrogen receptor modulators |
JP4554219B2 (en) | 2002-04-24 | 2010-09-29 | メルク・シャープ・エンド・ドーム・コーポレイション | Estrogen receptor modulator |
AU2006307046A1 (en) * | 2005-10-27 | 2007-05-03 | Msd K.K. | Novel benzoxathiin derivative |
US9604931B2 (en) | 2007-01-22 | 2017-03-28 | Gtx, Inc. | Nuclear receptor binding agents |
US9623021B2 (en) | 2007-01-22 | 2017-04-18 | Gtx, Inc. | Nuclear receptor binding agents |
CN101641013B (en) | 2007-01-22 | 2014-07-30 | Gtx公司 | Nuclear receptor binding agents |
ES2627692T3 (en) | 2010-06-10 | 2017-07-31 | Aragon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Estrogen receptor modulators and uses thereof |
WO2011159769A2 (en) | 2010-06-17 | 2011-12-22 | Aragon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Indane estrogen receptor modulators and uses thereof |
WO2013090829A1 (en) | 2011-12-14 | 2013-06-20 | Aragon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Estrogen receptor modulators and uses thereof |
Family Cites Families (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
BR9707721A (en) * | 1996-02-24 | 2005-06-07 | Basf Ag | Hetaroïla derivative, processes for preparing it and controlling unwanted plant growth, and, herbicidal composition |
FR2762598A1 (en) * | 1997-04-25 | 1998-10-30 | Adir | NOVEL HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM |
-
2001
- 2001-10-15 EP EP01987651A patent/EP1328522A2/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2001-10-15 AU AU2002221269A patent/AU2002221269A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2001-10-15 CA CA002424726A patent/CA2424726A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2001-10-15 WO PCT/US2001/032035 patent/WO2002032373A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2001-10-15 JP JP2002535612A patent/JP2004511501A/en not_active Withdrawn
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2002032373A2 (en) | 2002-04-25 |
WO2002032373A3 (en) | 2002-07-04 |
EP1328522A2 (en) | 2003-07-23 |
JP2004511501A (en) | 2004-04-15 |
AU2002221269A1 (en) | 2002-04-29 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
AU2002232381B2 (en) | Estrogen receptor modulators | |
AU2003237084C1 (en) | Estrogen receptor modulators | |
AU2002232381A1 (en) | Estrogen receptor modulators | |
ES2211917T3 (en) | IMIDAZOL DERIVATIVE | |
JP4331913B2 (en) | Estrogen receptor modulator | |
JP2004534037A (en) | Heteroaryloxy 3-substituted propanamine | |
WO2009013354A1 (en) | ARYLMETHYLENE SUBSTITUTED N-ACYL-β-AMINO ALCOHOLS | |
AU2018396402C1 (en) | Nitrogen-containing 6-membered cyclic compound | |
CA2424726A1 (en) | Estrogen receptor modulators | |
US6750213B2 (en) | Estrogen receptor modulators | |
JP2010525024A (en) | Substituted 3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -indoline-2-one compounds | |
JP3165889B2 (en) | Sulfur-containing heterocyclic compounds, their production and use | |
JPH0637488B2 (en) | Thiofene sulfonamide anti-glaucoma agent | |
US20030225132A1 (en) | Estrogen receptor modulators | |
WO2004091488A2 (en) | Estrogen receptor modulators | |
DE69600709T2 (en) | Side chain compounds with N-acylated piperidine and compositions | |
US20040044226A1 (en) | Estrogen receptor modulators | |
MXPA01008911A (en) | N-SUBSTITUTED BENzOYL INDOLES AS ESTROGENIC AGENTS. | |
JPH01135783A (en) | Novel compound, its production and pharmaceutical composition containing the same | |
OA10563A (en) | Prodrugs of antiinflammatory 3-acyl-2-oxindole-1-carboxamides | |
WO2004073610A2 (en) | Estrogen receptor modulators | |
EP0022634B1 (en) | Acylated indole derivatives, processes for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions and drugs comprising them |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
FZDE | Dead |